aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/contrib/gcc/config/sparc/sparc.c
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'contrib/gcc/config/sparc/sparc.c')
-rw-r--r--contrib/gcc/config/sparc/sparc.c8951
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 8951 deletions
diff --git a/contrib/gcc/config/sparc/sparc.c b/contrib/gcc/config/sparc/sparc.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 738264aa3454..000000000000
--- a/contrib/gcc/config/sparc/sparc.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8951 +0,0 @@
-/* Subroutines for insn-output.c for SPARC.
- Copyright (C) 1987, 1988, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998,
- 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
- Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Contributed by Michael Tiemann (tiemann@cygnus.com)
- 64-bit SPARC-V9 support by Michael Tiemann, Jim Wilson, and Doug Evans,
- at Cygnus Support.
-
-This file is part of GCC.
-
-GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
-
-GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
-the Free Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
-Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
-
-#include "config.h"
-#include "system.h"
-#include "coretypes.h"
-#include "tm.h"
-#include "tree.h"
-#include "rtl.h"
-#include "regs.h"
-#include "hard-reg-set.h"
-#include "real.h"
-#include "insn-config.h"
-#include "insn-codes.h"
-#include "conditions.h"
-#include "output.h"
-#include "insn-attr.h"
-#include "flags.h"
-#include "function.h"
-#include "expr.h"
-#include "optabs.h"
-#include "recog.h"
-#include "toplev.h"
-#include "ggc.h"
-#include "tm_p.h"
-#include "debug.h"
-#include "target.h"
-#include "target-def.h"
-#include "cfglayout.h"
-#include "tree-gimple.h"
-#include "langhooks.h"
-
-/* Processor costs */
-static const
-struct processor_costs cypress_costs = {
- COSTS_N_INSNS (2), /* int load */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (2), /* int signed load */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (2), /* int zeroed load */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (2), /* float load */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (5), /* fmov, fneg, fabs */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (5), /* fadd, fsub */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fcmp */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fmov, fmovr */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (7), /* fmul */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (37), /* fdivs */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (37), /* fdivd */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (63), /* fsqrts */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (63), /* fsqrtd */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* imul */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* imulX */
- 0, /* imul bit factor */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* idiv */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* idivX */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* movcc/movr */
- 0, /* shift penalty */
-};
-
-static const
-struct processor_costs supersparc_costs = {
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* int load */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* int signed load */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* int zeroed load */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (0), /* float load */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* fmov, fneg, fabs */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* fadd, fsub */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* fcmp */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fmov, fmovr */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* fmul */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (6), /* fdivs */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (9), /* fdivd */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (12), /* fsqrts */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (12), /* fsqrtd */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (4), /* imul */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (4), /* imulX */
- 0, /* imul bit factor */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (4), /* idiv */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (4), /* idivX */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* movcc/movr */
- 1, /* shift penalty */
-};
-
-static const
-struct processor_costs hypersparc_costs = {
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* int load */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* int signed load */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* int zeroed load */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* float load */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fmov, fneg, fabs */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fadd, fsub */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fcmp */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fmov, fmovr */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fmul */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (8), /* fdivs */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (12), /* fdivd */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (17), /* fsqrts */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (17), /* fsqrtd */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (17), /* imul */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (17), /* imulX */
- 0, /* imul bit factor */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (17), /* idiv */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (17), /* idivX */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* movcc/movr */
- 0, /* shift penalty */
-};
-
-static const
-struct processor_costs sparclet_costs = {
- COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* int load */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* int signed load */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* int zeroed load */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* float load */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fmov, fneg, fabs */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fadd, fsub */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fcmp */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fmov, fmovr */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fmul */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fdivs */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fdivd */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fsqrts */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fsqrtd */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (5), /* imul */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (5), /* imulX */
- 0, /* imul bit factor */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (5), /* idiv */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (5), /* idivX */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* movcc/movr */
- 0, /* shift penalty */
-};
-
-static const
-struct processor_costs ultrasparc_costs = {
- COSTS_N_INSNS (2), /* int load */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* int signed load */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (2), /* int zeroed load */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (2), /* float load */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fmov, fneg, fabs */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (4), /* fadd, fsub */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fcmp */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (2), /* fmov, fmovr */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (4), /* fmul */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (13), /* fdivs */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (23), /* fdivd */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (13), /* fsqrts */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (23), /* fsqrtd */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (4), /* imul */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (4), /* imulX */
- 2, /* imul bit factor */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (37), /* idiv */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (68), /* idivX */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (2), /* movcc/movr */
- 2, /* shift penalty */
-};
-
-static const
-struct processor_costs ultrasparc3_costs = {
- COSTS_N_INSNS (2), /* int load */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* int signed load */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* int zeroed load */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (2), /* float load */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* fmov, fneg, fabs */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (4), /* fadd, fsub */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (5), /* fcmp */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* fmov, fmovr */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (4), /* fmul */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (17), /* fdivs */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (20), /* fdivd */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (20), /* fsqrts */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (29), /* fsqrtd */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (6), /* imul */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (6), /* imulX */
- 0, /* imul bit factor */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (40), /* idiv */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (71), /* idivX */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (2), /* movcc/movr */
- 0, /* shift penalty */
-};
-
-static const
-struct processor_costs niagara_costs = {
- COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* int load */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* int signed load */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* int zeroed load */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (9), /* float load */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (8), /* fmov, fneg, fabs */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (8), /* fadd, fsub */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (26), /* fcmp */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (8), /* fmov, fmovr */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (29), /* fmul */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (54), /* fdivs */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (83), /* fdivd */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (100), /* fsqrts - not implemented in hardware */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (100), /* fsqrtd - not implemented in hardware */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (11), /* imul */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (11), /* imulX */
- 0, /* imul bit factor */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (72), /* idiv */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (72), /* idivX */
- COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* movcc/movr */
- 0, /* shift penalty */
-};
-
-const struct processor_costs *sparc_costs = &cypress_costs;
-
-#ifdef HAVE_AS_RELAX_OPTION
-/* If 'as' and 'ld' are relaxing tail call insns into branch always, use
- "or %o7,%g0,X; call Y; or X,%g0,%o7" always, so that it can be optimized.
- With sethi/jmp, neither 'as' nor 'ld' has an easy way how to find out if
- somebody does not branch between the sethi and jmp. */
-#define LEAF_SIBCALL_SLOT_RESERVED_P 1
-#else
-#define LEAF_SIBCALL_SLOT_RESERVED_P \
- ((TARGET_ARCH64 && !TARGET_CM_MEDLOW) || flag_pic)
-#endif
-
-/* Global variables for machine-dependent things. */
-
-/* Size of frame. Need to know this to emit return insns from leaf procedures.
- ACTUAL_FSIZE is set by sparc_compute_frame_size() which is called during the
- reload pass. This is important as the value is later used for scheduling
- (to see what can go in a delay slot).
- APPARENT_FSIZE is the size of the stack less the register save area and less
- the outgoing argument area. It is used when saving call preserved regs. */
-static HOST_WIDE_INT apparent_fsize;
-static HOST_WIDE_INT actual_fsize;
-
-/* Number of live general or floating point registers needed to be
- saved (as 4-byte quantities). */
-static int num_gfregs;
-
-/* The alias set for prologue/epilogue register save/restore. */
-static GTY(()) int sparc_sr_alias_set;
-
-/* The alias set for the structure return value. */
-static GTY(()) int struct_value_alias_set;
-
-/* Save the operands last given to a compare for use when we
- generate a scc or bcc insn. */
-rtx sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1, sparc_compare_emitted;
-
-/* Vector to say how input registers are mapped to output registers.
- HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM cannot be remapped by this function to
- eliminate it. You must use -fomit-frame-pointer to get that. */
-char leaf_reg_remap[] =
-{ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,
- -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 14, -1,
- -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
- 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, -1, 15,
-
- 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39,
- 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47,
- 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55,
- 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63,
- 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71,
- 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79,
- 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87,
- 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95,
- 96, 97, 98, 99, 100};
-
-/* Vector, indexed by hard register number, which contains 1
- for a register that is allowable in a candidate for leaf
- function treatment. */
-char sparc_leaf_regs[] =
-{ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1};
-
-struct machine_function GTY(())
-{
- /* Some local-dynamic TLS symbol name. */
- const char *some_ld_name;
-
- /* True if the current function is leaf and uses only leaf regs,
- so that the SPARC leaf function optimization can be applied.
- Private version of current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs, see
- sparc_expand_prologue for the rationale. */
- int leaf_function_p;
-
- /* True if the data calculated by sparc_expand_prologue are valid. */
- bool prologue_data_valid_p;
-};
-
-#define sparc_leaf_function_p cfun->machine->leaf_function_p
-#define sparc_prologue_data_valid_p cfun->machine->prologue_data_valid_p
-
-/* Register we pretend to think the frame pointer is allocated to.
- Normally, this is %fp, but if we are in a leaf procedure, this
- is %sp+"something". We record "something" separately as it may
- be too big for reg+constant addressing. */
-static rtx frame_base_reg;
-static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_base_offset;
-
-/* 1 if the next opcode is to be specially indented. */
-int sparc_indent_opcode = 0;
-
-static bool sparc_handle_option (size_t, const char *, int);
-static void sparc_init_modes (void);
-static void scan_record_type (tree, int *, int *, int *);
-static int function_arg_slotno (const CUMULATIVE_ARGS *, enum machine_mode,
- tree, int, int, int *, int *);
-
-static int supersparc_adjust_cost (rtx, rtx, rtx, int);
-static int hypersparc_adjust_cost (rtx, rtx, rtx, int);
-
-static void sparc_output_addr_vec (rtx);
-static void sparc_output_addr_diff_vec (rtx);
-static void sparc_output_deferred_case_vectors (void);
-static rtx sparc_builtin_saveregs (void);
-static int epilogue_renumber (rtx *, int);
-static bool sparc_assemble_integer (rtx, unsigned int, int);
-static int set_extends (rtx);
-static void emit_pic_helper (void);
-static void load_pic_register (bool);
-static int save_or_restore_regs (int, int, rtx, int, int);
-static void emit_save_or_restore_regs (int);
-static void sparc_asm_function_prologue (FILE *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
-static void sparc_asm_function_epilogue (FILE *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
-#ifdef OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF
-static void sparc_elf_asm_named_section (const char *, unsigned int, tree);
-#endif
-
-static int sparc_adjust_cost (rtx, rtx, rtx, int);
-static int sparc_issue_rate (void);
-static void sparc_sched_init (FILE *, int, int);
-static int sparc_use_sched_lookahead (void);
-
-static void emit_soft_tfmode_libcall (const char *, int, rtx *);
-static void emit_soft_tfmode_binop (enum rtx_code, rtx *);
-static void emit_soft_tfmode_unop (enum rtx_code, rtx *);
-static void emit_soft_tfmode_cvt (enum rtx_code, rtx *);
-static void emit_hard_tfmode_operation (enum rtx_code, rtx *);
-
-static bool sparc_function_ok_for_sibcall (tree, tree);
-static void sparc_init_libfuncs (void);
-static void sparc_init_builtins (void);
-static void sparc_vis_init_builtins (void);
-static rtx sparc_expand_builtin (tree, rtx, rtx, enum machine_mode, int);
-static tree sparc_fold_builtin (tree, tree, bool);
-static int sparc_vis_mul8x16 (int, int);
-static tree sparc_handle_vis_mul8x16 (int, tree, tree, tree);
-static void sparc_output_mi_thunk (FILE *, tree, HOST_WIDE_INT,
- HOST_WIDE_INT, tree);
-static bool sparc_can_output_mi_thunk (tree, HOST_WIDE_INT,
- HOST_WIDE_INT, tree);
-static struct machine_function * sparc_init_machine_status (void);
-static bool sparc_cannot_force_const_mem (rtx);
-static rtx sparc_tls_get_addr (void);
-static rtx sparc_tls_got (void);
-static const char *get_some_local_dynamic_name (void);
-static int get_some_local_dynamic_name_1 (rtx *, void *);
-static bool sparc_rtx_costs (rtx, int, int, int *);
-static bool sparc_promote_prototypes (tree);
-static rtx sparc_struct_value_rtx (tree, int);
-static bool sparc_return_in_memory (tree, tree);
-static bool sparc_strict_argument_naming (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *);
-static tree sparc_gimplify_va_arg (tree, tree, tree *, tree *);
-static bool sparc_vector_mode_supported_p (enum machine_mode);
-static bool sparc_pass_by_reference (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *,
- enum machine_mode, tree, bool);
-static int sparc_arg_partial_bytes (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *,
- enum machine_mode, tree, bool);
-static void sparc_dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (const char *, rtx, int);
-static void sparc_output_dwarf_dtprel (FILE *, int, rtx) ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-static void sparc_file_end (void);
-#ifdef TARGET_ALTERNATE_LONG_DOUBLE_MANGLING
-static const char *sparc_mangle_fundamental_type (tree);
-#endif
-#ifdef SUBTARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE
-const struct attribute_spec sparc_attribute_table[];
-#endif
-
-/* Option handling. */
-
-/* Parsed value. */
-enum cmodel sparc_cmodel;
-
-char sparc_hard_reg_printed[8];
-
-struct sparc_cpu_select sparc_select[] =
-{
- /* switch name, tune arch */
- { (char *)0, "default", 1, 1 },
- { (char *)0, "-mcpu=", 1, 1 },
- { (char *)0, "-mtune=", 1, 0 },
- { 0, 0, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-/* CPU type. This is set from TARGET_CPU_DEFAULT and -m{cpu,tune}=xxx. */
-enum processor_type sparc_cpu;
-
-/* Whether an FPU option was specified. */
-static bool fpu_option_set = false;
-
-/* Initialize the GCC target structure. */
-
-/* The sparc default is to use .half rather than .short for aligned
- HI objects. Use .word instead of .long on non-ELF systems. */
-#undef TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP
-#define TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP "\t.half\t"
-#ifndef OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF
-#undef TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP
-#define TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP "\t.word\t"
-#endif
-
-#undef TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP
-#define TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP "\t.uahalf\t"
-#undef TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP
-#define TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP "\t.uaword\t"
-#undef TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP
-#define TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP "\t.uaxword\t"
-
-/* The target hook has to handle DI-mode values. */
-#undef TARGET_ASM_INTEGER
-#define TARGET_ASM_INTEGER sparc_assemble_integer
-
-#undef TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE
-#define TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE sparc_asm_function_prologue
-#undef TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE
-#define TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE sparc_asm_function_epilogue
-
-#undef TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST
-#define TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST sparc_adjust_cost
-#undef TARGET_SCHED_ISSUE_RATE
-#define TARGET_SCHED_ISSUE_RATE sparc_issue_rate
-#undef TARGET_SCHED_INIT
-#define TARGET_SCHED_INIT sparc_sched_init
-#undef TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD
-#define TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD sparc_use_sched_lookahead
-
-#undef TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL
-#define TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL sparc_function_ok_for_sibcall
-
-#undef TARGET_INIT_LIBFUNCS
-#define TARGET_INIT_LIBFUNCS sparc_init_libfuncs
-#undef TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS
-#define TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS sparc_init_builtins
-
-#undef TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN
-#define TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN sparc_expand_builtin
-#undef TARGET_FOLD_BUILTIN
-#define TARGET_FOLD_BUILTIN sparc_fold_builtin
-
-#if TARGET_TLS
-#undef TARGET_HAVE_TLS
-#define TARGET_HAVE_TLS true
-#endif
-
-#undef TARGET_CANNOT_FORCE_CONST_MEM
-#define TARGET_CANNOT_FORCE_CONST_MEM sparc_cannot_force_const_mem
-
-#undef TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
-#define TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK sparc_output_mi_thunk
-#undef TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
-#define TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK sparc_can_output_mi_thunk
-
-#undef TARGET_RTX_COSTS
-#define TARGET_RTX_COSTS sparc_rtx_costs
-#undef TARGET_ADDRESS_COST
-#define TARGET_ADDRESS_COST hook_int_rtx_0
-
-/* This is only needed for TARGET_ARCH64, but since PROMOTE_FUNCTION_MODE is a
- no-op for TARGET_ARCH32 this is ok. Otherwise we'd need to add a runtime
- test for this value. */
-#undef TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_ARGS
-#define TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_ARGS hook_bool_tree_true
-
-/* This is only needed for TARGET_ARCH64, but since PROMOTE_FUNCTION_MODE is a
- no-op for TARGET_ARCH32 this is ok. Otherwise we'd need to add a runtime
- test for this value. */
-#undef TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN
-#define TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN hook_bool_tree_true
-
-#undef TARGET_PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES
-#define TARGET_PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES sparc_promote_prototypes
-
-#undef TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX
-#define TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX sparc_struct_value_rtx
-#undef TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY
-#define TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY sparc_return_in_memory
-#undef TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK
-#define TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK must_pass_in_stack_var_size
-#undef TARGET_PASS_BY_REFERENCE
-#define TARGET_PASS_BY_REFERENCE sparc_pass_by_reference
-#undef TARGET_ARG_PARTIAL_BYTES
-#define TARGET_ARG_PARTIAL_BYTES sparc_arg_partial_bytes
-
-#undef TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS
-#define TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS sparc_builtin_saveregs
-#undef TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING
-#define TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING sparc_strict_argument_naming
-
-#undef TARGET_GIMPLIFY_VA_ARG_EXPR
-#define TARGET_GIMPLIFY_VA_ARG_EXPR sparc_gimplify_va_arg
-
-#undef TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
-#define TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P sparc_vector_mode_supported_p
-
-#undef TARGET_DWARF_HANDLE_FRAME_UNSPEC
-#define TARGET_DWARF_HANDLE_FRAME_UNSPEC sparc_dwarf_handle_frame_unspec
-
-#ifdef SUBTARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES
-#undef TARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES
-#define TARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES SUBTARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SUBTARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE
-#undef TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE
-#define TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE sparc_attribute_table
-#endif
-
-#undef TARGET_RELAXED_ORDERING
-#define TARGET_RELAXED_ORDERING SPARC_RELAXED_ORDERING
-
-#undef TARGET_DEFAULT_TARGET_FLAGS
-#define TARGET_DEFAULT_TARGET_FLAGS TARGET_DEFAULT
-#undef TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION
-#define TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION sparc_handle_option
-
-#if TARGET_GNU_TLS
-#undef TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
-#define TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL sparc_output_dwarf_dtprel
-#endif
-
-#undef TARGET_ASM_FILE_END
-#define TARGET_ASM_FILE_END sparc_file_end
-
-#ifdef TARGET_ALTERNATE_LONG_DOUBLE_MANGLING
-#undef TARGET_MANGLE_FUNDAMENTAL_TYPE
-#define TARGET_MANGLE_FUNDAMENTAL_TYPE sparc_mangle_fundamental_type
-#endif
-
-struct gcc_target targetm = TARGET_INITIALIZER;
-
-/* Implement TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION. */
-
-static bool
-sparc_handle_option (size_t code, const char *arg, int value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
- switch (code)
- {
- case OPT_mfpu:
- case OPT_mhard_float:
- case OPT_msoft_float:
- fpu_option_set = true;
- break;
-
- case OPT_mcpu_:
- sparc_select[1].string = arg;
- break;
-
- case OPT_mtune_:
- sparc_select[2].string = arg;
- break;
- }
-
- return true;
-}
-
-/* Validate and override various options, and do some machine dependent
- initialization. */
-
-void
-sparc_override_options (void)
-{
- static struct code_model {
- const char *const name;
- const int value;
- } const cmodels[] = {
- { "32", CM_32 },
- { "medlow", CM_MEDLOW },
- { "medmid", CM_MEDMID },
- { "medany", CM_MEDANY },
- { "embmedany", CM_EMBMEDANY },
- { 0, 0 }
- };
- const struct code_model *cmodel;
- /* Map TARGET_CPU_DEFAULT to value for -m{arch,tune}=. */
- static struct cpu_default {
- const int cpu;
- const char *const name;
- } const cpu_default[] = {
- /* There must be one entry here for each TARGET_CPU value. */
- { TARGET_CPU_sparc, "cypress" },
- { TARGET_CPU_sparclet, "tsc701" },
- { TARGET_CPU_sparclite, "f930" },
- { TARGET_CPU_v8, "v8" },
- { TARGET_CPU_hypersparc, "hypersparc" },
- { TARGET_CPU_sparclite86x, "sparclite86x" },
- { TARGET_CPU_supersparc, "supersparc" },
- { TARGET_CPU_v9, "v9" },
- { TARGET_CPU_ultrasparc, "ultrasparc" },
- { TARGET_CPU_ultrasparc3, "ultrasparc3" },
- { TARGET_CPU_niagara, "niagara" },
- { 0, 0 }
- };
- const struct cpu_default *def;
- /* Table of values for -m{cpu,tune}=. */
- static struct cpu_table {
- const char *const name;
- const enum processor_type processor;
- const int disable;
- const int enable;
- } const cpu_table[] = {
- { "v7", PROCESSOR_V7, MASK_ISA, 0 },
- { "cypress", PROCESSOR_CYPRESS, MASK_ISA, 0 },
- { "v8", PROCESSOR_V8, MASK_ISA, MASK_V8 },
- /* TI TMS390Z55 supersparc */
- { "supersparc", PROCESSOR_SUPERSPARC, MASK_ISA, MASK_V8 },
- { "sparclite", PROCESSOR_SPARCLITE, MASK_ISA, MASK_SPARCLITE },
- /* The Fujitsu MB86930 is the original sparclite chip, with no fpu.
- The Fujitsu MB86934 is the recent sparclite chip, with an fpu. */
- { "f930", PROCESSOR_F930, MASK_ISA|MASK_FPU, MASK_SPARCLITE },
- { "f934", PROCESSOR_F934, MASK_ISA, MASK_SPARCLITE|MASK_FPU },
- { "hypersparc", PROCESSOR_HYPERSPARC, MASK_ISA, MASK_V8|MASK_FPU },
- { "sparclite86x", PROCESSOR_SPARCLITE86X, MASK_ISA|MASK_FPU,
- MASK_SPARCLITE },
- { "sparclet", PROCESSOR_SPARCLET, MASK_ISA, MASK_SPARCLET },
- /* TEMIC sparclet */
- { "tsc701", PROCESSOR_TSC701, MASK_ISA, MASK_SPARCLET },
- { "v9", PROCESSOR_V9, MASK_ISA, MASK_V9 },
- /* TI ultrasparc I, II, IIi */
- { "ultrasparc", PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC, MASK_ISA, MASK_V9
- /* Although insns using %y are deprecated, it is a clear win on current
- ultrasparcs. */
- |MASK_DEPRECATED_V8_INSNS},
- /* TI ultrasparc III */
- /* ??? Check if %y issue still holds true in ultra3. */
- { "ultrasparc3", PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC3, MASK_ISA, MASK_V9|MASK_DEPRECATED_V8_INSNS},
- /* UltraSPARC T1 */
- { "niagara", PROCESSOR_NIAGARA, MASK_ISA, MASK_V9|MASK_DEPRECATED_V8_INSNS},
- { 0, 0, 0, 0 }
- };
- const struct cpu_table *cpu;
- const struct sparc_cpu_select *sel;
- int fpu;
-
-#ifndef SPARC_BI_ARCH
- /* Check for unsupported architecture size. */
- if (! TARGET_64BIT != DEFAULT_ARCH32_P)
- error ("%s is not supported by this configuration",
- DEFAULT_ARCH32_P ? "-m64" : "-m32");
-#endif
-
- /* We force all 64bit archs to use 128 bit long double */
- if (TARGET_64BIT && ! TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_128)
- {
- error ("-mlong-double-64 not allowed with -m64");
- target_flags |= MASK_LONG_DOUBLE_128;
- }
-
- /* Code model selection. */
- sparc_cmodel = SPARC_DEFAULT_CMODEL;
-
-#ifdef SPARC_BI_ARCH
- if (TARGET_ARCH32)
- sparc_cmodel = CM_32;
-#endif
-
- if (sparc_cmodel_string != NULL)
- {
- if (TARGET_ARCH64)
- {
- for (cmodel = &cmodels[0]; cmodel->name; cmodel++)
- if (strcmp (sparc_cmodel_string, cmodel->name) == 0)
- break;
- if (cmodel->name == NULL)
- error ("bad value (%s) for -mcmodel= switch", sparc_cmodel_string);
- else
- sparc_cmodel = cmodel->value;
- }
- else
- error ("-mcmodel= is not supported on 32 bit systems");
- }
-
- fpu = target_flags & MASK_FPU; /* save current -mfpu status */
-
- /* Set the default CPU. */
- for (def = &cpu_default[0]; def->name; ++def)
- if (def->cpu == TARGET_CPU_DEFAULT)
- break;
- gcc_assert (def->name);
- sparc_select[0].string = def->name;
-
- for (sel = &sparc_select[0]; sel->name; ++sel)
- {
- if (sel->string)
- {
- for (cpu = &cpu_table[0]; cpu->name; ++cpu)
- if (! strcmp (sel->string, cpu->name))
- {
- if (sel->set_tune_p)
- sparc_cpu = cpu->processor;
-
- if (sel->set_arch_p)
- {
- target_flags &= ~cpu->disable;
- target_flags |= cpu->enable;
- }
- break;
- }
-
- if (! cpu->name)
- error ("bad value (%s) for %s switch", sel->string, sel->name);
- }
- }
-
- /* If -mfpu or -mno-fpu was explicitly used, don't override with
- the processor default. */
- if (fpu_option_set)
- target_flags = (target_flags & ~MASK_FPU) | fpu;
-
- /* Don't allow -mvis if FPU is disabled. */
- if (! TARGET_FPU)
- target_flags &= ~MASK_VIS;
-
- /* -mvis assumes UltraSPARC+, so we are sure v9 instructions
- are available.
- -m64 also implies v9. */
- if (TARGET_VIS || TARGET_ARCH64)
- {
- target_flags |= MASK_V9;
- target_flags &= ~(MASK_V8 | MASK_SPARCLET | MASK_SPARCLITE);
- }
-
- /* Use the deprecated v8 insns for sparc64 in 32 bit mode. */
- if (TARGET_V9 && TARGET_ARCH32)
- target_flags |= MASK_DEPRECATED_V8_INSNS;
-
- /* V8PLUS requires V9, makes no sense in 64 bit mode. */
- if (! TARGET_V9 || TARGET_ARCH64)
- target_flags &= ~MASK_V8PLUS;
-
- /* Don't use stack biasing in 32 bit mode. */
- if (TARGET_ARCH32)
- target_flags &= ~MASK_STACK_BIAS;
-
- /* Supply a default value for align_functions. */
- if (align_functions == 0
- && (sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC
- || sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC3
- || sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_NIAGARA))
- align_functions = 32;
-
- /* Validate PCC_STRUCT_RETURN. */
- if (flag_pcc_struct_return == DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN)
- flag_pcc_struct_return = (TARGET_ARCH64 ? 0 : 1);
-
- /* Only use .uaxword when compiling for a 64-bit target. */
- if (!TARGET_ARCH64)
- targetm.asm_out.unaligned_op.di = NULL;
-
- /* Do various machine dependent initializations. */
- sparc_init_modes ();
-
- /* Acquire unique alias sets for our private stuff. */
- sparc_sr_alias_set = new_alias_set ();
- struct_value_alias_set = new_alias_set ();
-
- /* Set up function hooks. */
- init_machine_status = sparc_init_machine_status;
-
- switch (sparc_cpu)
- {
- case PROCESSOR_V7:
- case PROCESSOR_CYPRESS:
- sparc_costs = &cypress_costs;
- break;
- case PROCESSOR_V8:
- case PROCESSOR_SPARCLITE:
- case PROCESSOR_SUPERSPARC:
- sparc_costs = &supersparc_costs;
- break;
- case PROCESSOR_F930:
- case PROCESSOR_F934:
- case PROCESSOR_HYPERSPARC:
- case PROCESSOR_SPARCLITE86X:
- sparc_costs = &hypersparc_costs;
- break;
- case PROCESSOR_SPARCLET:
- case PROCESSOR_TSC701:
- sparc_costs = &sparclet_costs;
- break;
- case PROCESSOR_V9:
- case PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC:
- sparc_costs = &ultrasparc_costs;
- break;
- case PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC3:
- sparc_costs = &ultrasparc3_costs;
- break;
- case PROCESSOR_NIAGARA:
- sparc_costs = &niagara_costs;
- break;
- };
-
-#ifdef TARGET_DEFAULT_LONG_DOUBLE_128
- if (!(target_flags_explicit & MASK_LONG_DOUBLE_128))
- target_flags |= MASK_LONG_DOUBLE_128;
-#endif
-}
-
-#ifdef SUBTARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE
-/* Table of valid machine attributes. */
-const struct attribute_spec sparc_attribute_table[] =
-{
- /* { name, min_len, max_len, decl_req, type_req, fn_type_req, handler } */
- SUBTARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE,
- { NULL, 0, 0, false, false, false, NULL }
-};
-#endif
-
-/* Miscellaneous utilities. */
-
-/* Nonzero if CODE, a comparison, is suitable for use in v9 conditional move
- or branch on register contents instructions. */
-
-int
-v9_regcmp_p (enum rtx_code code)
-{
- return (code == EQ || code == NE || code == GE || code == LT
- || code == LE || code == GT);
-}
-
-/* Nonzero if OP is a floating point constant which can
- be loaded into an integer register using a single
- sethi instruction. */
-
-int
-fp_sethi_p (rtx op)
-{
- if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE)
- {
- REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
- long i;
-
- REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, op);
- REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (r, i);
- return !SPARC_SIMM13_P (i) && SPARC_SETHI_P (i);
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* Nonzero if OP is a floating point constant which can
- be loaded into an integer register using a single
- mov instruction. */
-
-int
-fp_mov_p (rtx op)
-{
- if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE)
- {
- REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
- long i;
-
- REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, op);
- REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (r, i);
- return SPARC_SIMM13_P (i);
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* Nonzero if OP is a floating point constant which can
- be loaded into an integer register using a high/losum
- instruction sequence. */
-
-int
-fp_high_losum_p (rtx op)
-{
- /* The constraints calling this should only be in
- SFmode move insns, so any constant which cannot
- be moved using a single insn will do. */
- if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE)
- {
- REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
- long i;
-
- REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, op);
- REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (r, i);
- return !SPARC_SIMM13_P (i) && !SPARC_SETHI_P (i);
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* Expand a move instruction. Return true if all work is done. */
-
-bool
-sparc_expand_move (enum machine_mode mode, rtx *operands)
-{
- /* Handle sets of MEM first. */
- if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) == MEM)
- {
- /* 0 is a register (or a pair of registers) on SPARC. */
- if (register_or_zero_operand (operands[1], mode))
- return false;
-
- if (!reload_in_progress)
- {
- operands[0] = validize_mem (operands[0]);
- operands[1] = force_reg (mode, operands[1]);
- }
- }
-
- /* Fixup TLS cases. */
- if (TARGET_HAVE_TLS
- && CONSTANT_P (operands[1])
- && GET_CODE (operands[1]) != HIGH
- && sparc_tls_referenced_p (operands [1]))
- {
- rtx sym = operands[1];
- rtx addend = NULL;
-
- if (GET_CODE (sym) == CONST && GET_CODE (XEXP (sym, 0)) == PLUS)
- {
- addend = XEXP (XEXP (sym, 0), 1);
- sym = XEXP (XEXP (sym, 0), 0);
- }
-
- gcc_assert (SPARC_SYMBOL_REF_TLS_P (sym));
-
- sym = legitimize_tls_address (sym);
- if (addend)
- {
- sym = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, sym, addend);
- sym = force_operand (sym, operands[0]);
- }
- operands[1] = sym;
- }
-
- /* Fixup PIC cases. */
- if (flag_pic && CONSTANT_P (operands[1]))
- {
- if (pic_address_needs_scratch (operands[1]))
- operands[1] = legitimize_pic_address (operands[1], mode, 0);
-
- if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == LABEL_REF && mode == SImode)
- {
- emit_insn (gen_movsi_pic_label_ref (operands[0], operands[1]));
- return true;
- }
-
- if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == LABEL_REF && mode == DImode)
- {
- gcc_assert (TARGET_ARCH64);
- emit_insn (gen_movdi_pic_label_ref (operands[0], operands[1]));
- return true;
- }
-
- if (symbolic_operand (operands[1], mode))
- {
- operands[1] = legitimize_pic_address (operands[1],
- mode,
- (reload_in_progress ?
- operands[0] :
- NULL_RTX));
- return false;
- }
- }
-
- /* If we are trying to toss an integer constant into FP registers,
- or loading a FP or vector constant, force it into memory. */
- if (CONSTANT_P (operands[1])
- && REG_P (operands[0])
- && (SPARC_FP_REG_P (REGNO (operands[0]))
- || SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode)
- || VECTOR_MODE_P (mode)))
- {
- /* emit_group_store will send such bogosity to us when it is
- not storing directly into memory. So fix this up to avoid
- crashes in output_constant_pool. */
- if (operands [1] == const0_rtx)
- operands[1] = CONST0_RTX (mode);
-
- /* We can clear FP registers if TARGET_VIS, and always other regs. */
- if ((TARGET_VIS || REGNO (operands[0]) < SPARC_FIRST_FP_REG)
- && const_zero_operand (operands[1], mode))
- return false;
-
- if (REGNO (operands[0]) < SPARC_FIRST_FP_REG
- /* We are able to build any SF constant in integer registers
- with at most 2 instructions. */
- && (mode == SFmode
- /* And any DF constant in integer registers. */
- || (mode == DFmode
- && (reload_completed || reload_in_progress))))
- return false;
-
- operands[1] = force_const_mem (mode, operands[1]);
- if (!reload_in_progress)
- operands[1] = validize_mem (operands[1]);
- return false;
- }
-
- /* Accept non-constants and valid constants unmodified. */
- if (!CONSTANT_P (operands[1])
- || GET_CODE (operands[1]) == HIGH
- || input_operand (operands[1], mode))
- return false;
-
- switch (mode)
- {
- case QImode:
- /* All QImode constants require only one insn, so proceed. */
- break;
-
- case HImode:
- case SImode:
- sparc_emit_set_const32 (operands[0], operands[1]);
- return true;
-
- case DImode:
- /* input_operand should have filtered out 32-bit mode. */
- sparc_emit_set_const64 (operands[0], operands[1]);
- return true;
-
- default:
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
-
- return false;
-}
-
-/* Load OP1, a 32-bit constant, into OP0, a register.
- We know it can't be done in one insn when we get
- here, the move expander guarantees this. */
-
-void
-sparc_emit_set_const32 (rtx op0, rtx op1)
-{
- enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (op0);
- rtx temp;
-
- if (reload_in_progress || reload_completed)
- temp = op0;
- else
- temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
-
- if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT)
- {
- gcc_assert (!small_int_operand (op1, mode)
- && !const_high_operand (op1, mode));
-
- /* Emit them as real moves instead of a HIGH/LO_SUM,
- this way CSE can see everything and reuse intermediate
- values if it wants. */
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, temp,
- GEN_INT (INTVAL (op1)
- & ~(HOST_WIDE_INT)0x3ff)));
-
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- op0,
- gen_rtx_IOR (mode, temp,
- GEN_INT (INTVAL (op1) & 0x3ff))));
- }
- else
- {
- /* A symbol, emit in the traditional way. */
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, temp,
- gen_rtx_HIGH (mode, op1)));
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- op0, gen_rtx_LO_SUM (mode, temp, op1)));
- }
-}
-
-/* Load OP1, a symbolic 64-bit constant, into OP0, a DImode register.
- If TEMP is nonzero, we are forbidden to use any other scratch
- registers. Otherwise, we are allowed to generate them as needed.
-
- Note that TEMP may have TImode if the code model is TARGET_CM_MEDANY
- or TARGET_CM_EMBMEDANY (see the reload_indi and reload_outdi patterns). */
-
-void
-sparc_emit_set_symbolic_const64 (rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx temp)
-{
- rtx temp1, temp2, temp3, temp4, temp5;
- rtx ti_temp = 0;
-
- if (temp && GET_MODE (temp) == TImode)
- {
- ti_temp = temp;
- temp = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, REGNO (temp));
- }
-
- /* SPARC-V9 code-model support. */
- switch (sparc_cmodel)
- {
- case CM_MEDLOW:
- /* The range spanned by all instructions in the object is less
- than 2^31 bytes (2GB) and the distance from any instruction
- to the location of the label _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is less
- than 2^31 bytes (2GB).
-
- The executable must be in the low 4TB of the virtual address
- space.
-
- sethi %hi(symbol), %temp1
- or %temp1, %lo(symbol), %reg */
- if (temp)
- temp1 = temp; /* op0 is allowed. */
- else
- temp1 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
-
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, temp1, gen_rtx_HIGH (DImode, op1)));
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0, gen_rtx_LO_SUM (DImode, temp1, op1)));
- break;
-
- case CM_MEDMID:
- /* The range spanned by all instructions in the object is less
- than 2^31 bytes (2GB) and the distance from any instruction
- to the location of the label _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is less
- than 2^31 bytes (2GB).
-
- The executable must be in the low 16TB of the virtual address
- space.
-
- sethi %h44(symbol), %temp1
- or %temp1, %m44(symbol), %temp2
- sllx %temp2, 12, %temp3
- or %temp3, %l44(symbol), %reg */
- if (temp)
- {
- temp1 = op0;
- temp2 = op0;
- temp3 = temp; /* op0 is allowed. */
- }
- else
- {
- temp1 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
- temp2 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
- temp3 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
- }
-
- emit_insn (gen_seth44 (temp1, op1));
- emit_insn (gen_setm44 (temp2, temp1, op1));
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, temp3,
- gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode, temp2, GEN_INT (12))));
- emit_insn (gen_setl44 (op0, temp3, op1));
- break;
-
- case CM_MEDANY:
- /* The range spanned by all instructions in the object is less
- than 2^31 bytes (2GB) and the distance from any instruction
- to the location of the label _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is less
- than 2^31 bytes (2GB).
-
- The executable can be placed anywhere in the virtual address
- space.
-
- sethi %hh(symbol), %temp1
- sethi %lm(symbol), %temp2
- or %temp1, %hm(symbol), %temp3
- sllx %temp3, 32, %temp4
- or %temp4, %temp2, %temp5
- or %temp5, %lo(symbol), %reg */
- if (temp)
- {
- /* It is possible that one of the registers we got for operands[2]
- might coincide with that of operands[0] (which is why we made
- it TImode). Pick the other one to use as our scratch. */
- if (rtx_equal_p (temp, op0))
- {
- gcc_assert (ti_temp);
- temp = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, REGNO (temp) + 1);
- }
- temp1 = op0;
- temp2 = temp; /* op0 is _not_ allowed, see above. */
- temp3 = op0;
- temp4 = op0;
- temp5 = op0;
- }
- else
- {
- temp1 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
- temp2 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
- temp3 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
- temp4 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
- temp5 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
- }
-
- emit_insn (gen_sethh (temp1, op1));
- emit_insn (gen_setlm (temp2, op1));
- emit_insn (gen_sethm (temp3, temp1, op1));
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, temp4,
- gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode, temp3, GEN_INT (32))));
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, temp5,
- gen_rtx_PLUS (DImode, temp4, temp2)));
- emit_insn (gen_setlo (op0, temp5, op1));
- break;
-
- case CM_EMBMEDANY:
- /* Old old old backwards compatibility kruft here.
- Essentially it is MEDLOW with a fixed 64-bit
- virtual base added to all data segment addresses.
- Text-segment stuff is computed like MEDANY, we can't
- reuse the code above because the relocation knobs
- look different.
-
- Data segment: sethi %hi(symbol), %temp1
- add %temp1, EMBMEDANY_BASE_REG, %temp2
- or %temp2, %lo(symbol), %reg */
- if (data_segment_operand (op1, GET_MODE (op1)))
- {
- if (temp)
- {
- temp1 = temp; /* op0 is allowed. */
- temp2 = op0;
- }
- else
- {
- temp1 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
- temp2 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
- }
-
- emit_insn (gen_embmedany_sethi (temp1, op1));
- emit_insn (gen_embmedany_brsum (temp2, temp1));
- emit_insn (gen_embmedany_losum (op0, temp2, op1));
- }
-
- /* Text segment: sethi %uhi(symbol), %temp1
- sethi %hi(symbol), %temp2
- or %temp1, %ulo(symbol), %temp3
- sllx %temp3, 32, %temp4
- or %temp4, %temp2, %temp5
- or %temp5, %lo(symbol), %reg */
- else
- {
- if (temp)
- {
- /* It is possible that one of the registers we got for operands[2]
- might coincide with that of operands[0] (which is why we made
- it TImode). Pick the other one to use as our scratch. */
- if (rtx_equal_p (temp, op0))
- {
- gcc_assert (ti_temp);
- temp = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, REGNO (temp) + 1);
- }
- temp1 = op0;
- temp2 = temp; /* op0 is _not_ allowed, see above. */
- temp3 = op0;
- temp4 = op0;
- temp5 = op0;
- }
- else
- {
- temp1 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
- temp2 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
- temp3 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
- temp4 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
- temp5 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
- }
-
- emit_insn (gen_embmedany_textuhi (temp1, op1));
- emit_insn (gen_embmedany_texthi (temp2, op1));
- emit_insn (gen_embmedany_textulo (temp3, temp1, op1));
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, temp4,
- gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode, temp3, GEN_INT (32))));
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, temp5,
- gen_rtx_PLUS (DImode, temp4, temp2)));
- emit_insn (gen_embmedany_textlo (op0, temp5, op1));
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
-}
-
-#if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
-void
-sparc_emit_set_const64 (rtx op0 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, rtx op1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
- gcc_unreachable ();
-}
-#else
-/* These avoid problems when cross compiling. If we do not
- go through all this hair then the optimizer will see
- invalid REG_EQUAL notes or in some cases none at all. */
-static rtx gen_safe_HIGH64 (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT);
-static rtx gen_safe_SET64 (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT);
-static rtx gen_safe_OR64 (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT);
-static rtx gen_safe_XOR64 (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT);
-
-/* The optimizer is not to assume anything about exactly
- which bits are set for a HIGH, they are unspecified.
- Unfortunately this leads to many missed optimizations
- during CSE. We mask out the non-HIGH bits, and matches
- a plain movdi, to alleviate this problem. */
-static rtx
-gen_safe_HIGH64 (rtx dest, HOST_WIDE_INT val)
-{
- return gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest, GEN_INT (val & ~(HOST_WIDE_INT)0x3ff));
-}
-
-static rtx
-gen_safe_SET64 (rtx dest, HOST_WIDE_INT val)
-{
- return gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest, GEN_INT (val));
-}
-
-static rtx
-gen_safe_OR64 (rtx src, HOST_WIDE_INT val)
-{
- return gen_rtx_IOR (DImode, src, GEN_INT (val));
-}
-
-static rtx
-gen_safe_XOR64 (rtx src, HOST_WIDE_INT val)
-{
- return gen_rtx_XOR (DImode, src, GEN_INT (val));
-}
-
-/* Worker routines for 64-bit constant formation on arch64.
- One of the key things to be doing in these emissions is
- to create as many temp REGs as possible. This makes it
- possible for half-built constants to be used later when
- such values are similar to something required later on.
- Without doing this, the optimizer cannot see such
- opportunities. */
-
-static void sparc_emit_set_const64_quick1 (rtx, rtx,
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, int);
-
-static void
-sparc_emit_set_const64_quick1 (rtx op0, rtx temp,
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low_bits, int is_neg)
-{
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT high_bits;
-
- if (is_neg)
- high_bits = (~low_bits) & 0xffffffff;
- else
- high_bits = low_bits;
-
- emit_insn (gen_safe_HIGH64 (temp, high_bits));
- if (!is_neg)
- {
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
- gen_safe_OR64 (temp, (high_bits & 0x3ff))));
- }
- else
- {
- /* If we are XOR'ing with -1, then we should emit a one's complement
- instead. This way the combiner will notice logical operations
- such as ANDN later on and substitute. */
- if ((low_bits & 0x3ff) == 0x3ff)
- {
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
- gen_rtx_NOT (DImode, temp)));
- }
- else
- {
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
- gen_safe_XOR64 (temp,
- (-(HOST_WIDE_INT)0x400
- | (low_bits & 0x3ff)))));
- }
- }
-}
-
-static void sparc_emit_set_const64_quick2 (rtx, rtx, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT,
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, int);
-
-static void
-sparc_emit_set_const64_quick2 (rtx op0, rtx temp,
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT high_bits,
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low_immediate,
- int shift_count)
-{
- rtx temp2 = op0;
-
- if ((high_bits & 0xfffffc00) != 0)
- {
- emit_insn (gen_safe_HIGH64 (temp, high_bits));
- if ((high_bits & ~0xfffffc00) != 0)
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
- gen_safe_OR64 (temp, (high_bits & 0x3ff))));
- else
- temp2 = temp;
- }
- else
- {
- emit_insn (gen_safe_SET64 (temp, high_bits));
- temp2 = temp;
- }
-
- /* Now shift it up into place. */
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
- gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode, temp2,
- GEN_INT (shift_count))));
-
- /* If there is a low immediate part piece, finish up by
- putting that in as well. */
- if (low_immediate != 0)
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
- gen_safe_OR64 (op0, low_immediate)));
-}
-
-static void sparc_emit_set_const64_longway (rtx, rtx, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT,
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
-
-/* Full 64-bit constant decomposition. Even though this is the
- 'worst' case, we still optimize a few things away. */
-static void
-sparc_emit_set_const64_longway (rtx op0, rtx temp,
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT high_bits,
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low_bits)
-{
- rtx sub_temp;
-
- if (reload_in_progress || reload_completed)
- sub_temp = op0;
- else
- sub_temp = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
-
- if ((high_bits & 0xfffffc00) != 0)
- {
- emit_insn (gen_safe_HIGH64 (temp, high_bits));
- if ((high_bits & ~0xfffffc00) != 0)
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- sub_temp,
- gen_safe_OR64 (temp, (high_bits & 0x3ff))));
- else
- sub_temp = temp;
- }
- else
- {
- emit_insn (gen_safe_SET64 (temp, high_bits));
- sub_temp = temp;
- }
-
- if (!reload_in_progress && !reload_completed)
- {
- rtx temp2 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
- rtx temp3 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
- rtx temp4 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
-
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, temp4,
- gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode, sub_temp,
- GEN_INT (32))));
-
- emit_insn (gen_safe_HIGH64 (temp2, low_bits));
- if ((low_bits & ~0xfffffc00) != 0)
- {
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, temp3,
- gen_safe_OR64 (temp2, (low_bits & 0x3ff))));
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
- gen_rtx_PLUS (DImode, temp4, temp3)));
- }
- else
- {
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
- gen_rtx_PLUS (DImode, temp4, temp2)));
- }
- }
- else
- {
- rtx low1 = GEN_INT ((low_bits >> (32 - 12)) & 0xfff);
- rtx low2 = GEN_INT ((low_bits >> (32 - 12 - 12)) & 0xfff);
- rtx low3 = GEN_INT ((low_bits >> (32 - 12 - 12 - 8)) & 0x0ff);
- int to_shift = 12;
-
- /* We are in the middle of reload, so this is really
- painful. However we do still make an attempt to
- avoid emitting truly stupid code. */
- if (low1 != const0_rtx)
- {
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
- gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode, sub_temp,
- GEN_INT (to_shift))));
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
- gen_rtx_IOR (DImode, op0, low1)));
- sub_temp = op0;
- to_shift = 12;
- }
- else
- {
- to_shift += 12;
- }
- if (low2 != const0_rtx)
- {
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
- gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode, sub_temp,
- GEN_INT (to_shift))));
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
- gen_rtx_IOR (DImode, op0, low2)));
- sub_temp = op0;
- to_shift = 8;
- }
- else
- {
- to_shift += 8;
- }
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
- gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode, sub_temp,
- GEN_INT (to_shift))));
- if (low3 != const0_rtx)
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
- gen_rtx_IOR (DImode, op0, low3)));
- /* phew... */
- }
-}
-
-/* Analyze a 64-bit constant for certain properties. */
-static void analyze_64bit_constant (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT,
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT,
- int *, int *, int *);
-
-static void
-analyze_64bit_constant (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT high_bits,
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low_bits,
- int *hbsp, int *lbsp, int *abbasp)
-{
- int lowest_bit_set, highest_bit_set, all_bits_between_are_set;
- int i;
-
- lowest_bit_set = highest_bit_set = -1;
- i = 0;
- do
- {
- if ((lowest_bit_set == -1)
- && ((low_bits >> i) & 1))
- lowest_bit_set = i;
- if ((highest_bit_set == -1)
- && ((high_bits >> (32 - i - 1)) & 1))
- highest_bit_set = (64 - i - 1);
- }
- while (++i < 32
- && ((highest_bit_set == -1)
- || (lowest_bit_set == -1)));
- if (i == 32)
- {
- i = 0;
- do
- {
- if ((lowest_bit_set == -1)
- && ((high_bits >> i) & 1))
- lowest_bit_set = i + 32;
- if ((highest_bit_set == -1)
- && ((low_bits >> (32 - i - 1)) & 1))
- highest_bit_set = 32 - i - 1;
- }
- while (++i < 32
- && ((highest_bit_set == -1)
- || (lowest_bit_set == -1)));
- }
- /* If there are no bits set this should have gone out
- as one instruction! */
- gcc_assert (lowest_bit_set != -1 && highest_bit_set != -1);
- all_bits_between_are_set = 1;
- for (i = lowest_bit_set; i <= highest_bit_set; i++)
- {
- if (i < 32)
- {
- if ((low_bits & (1 << i)) != 0)
- continue;
- }
- else
- {
- if ((high_bits & (1 << (i - 32))) != 0)
- continue;
- }
- all_bits_between_are_set = 0;
- break;
- }
- *hbsp = highest_bit_set;
- *lbsp = lowest_bit_set;
- *abbasp = all_bits_between_are_set;
-}
-
-static int const64_is_2insns (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
-
-static int
-const64_is_2insns (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT high_bits,
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low_bits)
-{
- int highest_bit_set, lowest_bit_set, all_bits_between_are_set;
-
- if (high_bits == 0
- || high_bits == 0xffffffff)
- return 1;
-
- analyze_64bit_constant (high_bits, low_bits,
- &highest_bit_set, &lowest_bit_set,
- &all_bits_between_are_set);
-
- if ((highest_bit_set == 63
- || lowest_bit_set == 0)
- && all_bits_between_are_set != 0)
- return 1;
-
- if ((highest_bit_set - lowest_bit_set) < 21)
- return 1;
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT create_simple_focus_bits (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT,
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT,
- int, int);
-
-static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
-create_simple_focus_bits (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT high_bits,
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low_bits,
- int lowest_bit_set, int shift)
-{
- HOST_WIDE_INT hi, lo;
-
- if (lowest_bit_set < 32)
- {
- lo = (low_bits >> lowest_bit_set) << shift;
- hi = ((high_bits << (32 - lowest_bit_set)) << shift);
- }
- else
- {
- lo = 0;
- hi = ((high_bits >> (lowest_bit_set - 32)) << shift);
- }
- gcc_assert (! (hi & lo));
- return (hi | lo);
-}
-
-/* Here we are sure to be arch64 and this is an integer constant
- being loaded into a register. Emit the most efficient
- insn sequence possible. Detection of all the 1-insn cases
- has been done already. */
-void
-sparc_emit_set_const64 (rtx op0, rtx op1)
-{
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT high_bits, low_bits;
- int lowest_bit_set, highest_bit_set;
- int all_bits_between_are_set;
- rtx temp = 0;
-
- /* Sanity check that we know what we are working with. */
- gcc_assert (TARGET_ARCH64
- && (GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG
- || (REG_P (op0) && ! SPARC_FP_REG_P (REGNO (op0)))));
-
- if (reload_in_progress || reload_completed)
- temp = op0;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op1) != CONST_INT)
- {
- sparc_emit_set_symbolic_const64 (op0, op1, temp);
- return;
- }
-
- if (! temp)
- temp = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
-
- high_bits = ((INTVAL (op1) >> 32) & 0xffffffff);
- low_bits = (INTVAL (op1) & 0xffffffff);
-
- /* low_bits bits 0 --> 31
- high_bits bits 32 --> 63 */
-
- analyze_64bit_constant (high_bits, low_bits,
- &highest_bit_set, &lowest_bit_set,
- &all_bits_between_are_set);
-
- /* First try for a 2-insn sequence. */
-
- /* These situations are preferred because the optimizer can
- * do more things with them:
- * 1) mov -1, %reg
- * sllx %reg, shift, %reg
- * 2) mov -1, %reg
- * srlx %reg, shift, %reg
- * 3) mov some_small_const, %reg
- * sllx %reg, shift, %reg
- */
- if (((highest_bit_set == 63
- || lowest_bit_set == 0)
- && all_bits_between_are_set != 0)
- || ((highest_bit_set - lowest_bit_set) < 12))
- {
- HOST_WIDE_INT the_const = -1;
- int shift = lowest_bit_set;
-
- if ((highest_bit_set != 63
- && lowest_bit_set != 0)
- || all_bits_between_are_set == 0)
- {
- the_const =
- create_simple_focus_bits (high_bits, low_bits,
- lowest_bit_set, 0);
- }
- else if (lowest_bit_set == 0)
- shift = -(63 - highest_bit_set);
-
- gcc_assert (SPARC_SIMM13_P (the_const));
- gcc_assert (shift != 0);
-
- emit_insn (gen_safe_SET64 (temp, the_const));
- if (shift > 0)
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- op0,
- gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode,
- temp,
- GEN_INT (shift))));
- else if (shift < 0)
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- op0,
- gen_rtx_LSHIFTRT (DImode,
- temp,
- GEN_INT (-shift))));
- return;
- }
-
- /* Now a range of 22 or less bits set somewhere.
- * 1) sethi %hi(focus_bits), %reg
- * sllx %reg, shift, %reg
- * 2) sethi %hi(focus_bits), %reg
- * srlx %reg, shift, %reg
- */
- if ((highest_bit_set - lowest_bit_set) < 21)
- {
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT focus_bits =
- create_simple_focus_bits (high_bits, low_bits,
- lowest_bit_set, 10);
-
- gcc_assert (SPARC_SETHI_P (focus_bits));
- gcc_assert (lowest_bit_set != 10);
-
- emit_insn (gen_safe_HIGH64 (temp, focus_bits));
-
- /* If lowest_bit_set == 10 then a sethi alone could have done it. */
- if (lowest_bit_set < 10)
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- op0,
- gen_rtx_LSHIFTRT (DImode, temp,
- GEN_INT (10 - lowest_bit_set))));
- else if (lowest_bit_set > 10)
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- op0,
- gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode, temp,
- GEN_INT (lowest_bit_set - 10))));
- return;
- }
-
- /* 1) sethi %hi(low_bits), %reg
- * or %reg, %lo(low_bits), %reg
- * 2) sethi %hi(~low_bits), %reg
- * xor %reg, %lo(-0x400 | (low_bits & 0x3ff)), %reg
- */
- if (high_bits == 0
- || high_bits == 0xffffffff)
- {
- sparc_emit_set_const64_quick1 (op0, temp, low_bits,
- (high_bits == 0xffffffff));
- return;
- }
-
- /* Now, try 3-insn sequences. */
-
- /* 1) sethi %hi(high_bits), %reg
- * or %reg, %lo(high_bits), %reg
- * sllx %reg, 32, %reg
- */
- if (low_bits == 0)
- {
- sparc_emit_set_const64_quick2 (op0, temp, high_bits, 0, 32);
- return;
- }
-
- /* We may be able to do something quick
- when the constant is negated, so try that. */
- if (const64_is_2insns ((~high_bits) & 0xffffffff,
- (~low_bits) & 0xfffffc00))
- {
- /* NOTE: The trailing bits get XOR'd so we need the
- non-negated bits, not the negated ones. */
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT trailing_bits = low_bits & 0x3ff;
-
- if ((((~high_bits) & 0xffffffff) == 0
- && ((~low_bits) & 0x80000000) == 0)
- || (((~high_bits) & 0xffffffff) == 0xffffffff
- && ((~low_bits) & 0x80000000) != 0))
- {
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT fast_int = (~low_bits & 0xffffffff);
-
- if ((SPARC_SETHI_P (fast_int)
- && (~high_bits & 0xffffffff) == 0)
- || SPARC_SIMM13_P (fast_int))
- emit_insn (gen_safe_SET64 (temp, fast_int));
- else
- sparc_emit_set_const64 (temp, GEN_INT (fast_int));
- }
- else
- {
- rtx negated_const;
- negated_const = GEN_INT (((~low_bits) & 0xfffffc00) |
- (((HOST_WIDE_INT)((~high_bits) & 0xffffffff))<<32));
- sparc_emit_set_const64 (temp, negated_const);
- }
-
- /* If we are XOR'ing with -1, then we should emit a one's complement
- instead. This way the combiner will notice logical operations
- such as ANDN later on and substitute. */
- if (trailing_bits == 0x3ff)
- {
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
- gen_rtx_NOT (DImode, temp)));
- }
- else
- {
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- op0,
- gen_safe_XOR64 (temp,
- (-0x400 | trailing_bits))));
- }
- return;
- }
-
- /* 1) sethi %hi(xxx), %reg
- * or %reg, %lo(xxx), %reg
- * sllx %reg, yyy, %reg
- *
- * ??? This is just a generalized version of the low_bits==0
- * thing above, FIXME...
- */
- if ((highest_bit_set - lowest_bit_set) < 32)
- {
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT focus_bits =
- create_simple_focus_bits (high_bits, low_bits,
- lowest_bit_set, 0);
-
- /* We can't get here in this state. */
- gcc_assert (highest_bit_set >= 32 && lowest_bit_set < 32);
-
- /* So what we know is that the set bits straddle the
- middle of the 64-bit word. */
- sparc_emit_set_const64_quick2 (op0, temp,
- focus_bits, 0,
- lowest_bit_set);
- return;
- }
-
- /* 1) sethi %hi(high_bits), %reg
- * or %reg, %lo(high_bits), %reg
- * sllx %reg, 32, %reg
- * or %reg, low_bits, %reg
- */
- if (SPARC_SIMM13_P(low_bits)
- && ((int)low_bits > 0))
- {
- sparc_emit_set_const64_quick2 (op0, temp, high_bits, low_bits, 32);
- return;
- }
-
- /* The easiest way when all else fails, is full decomposition. */
-#if 0
- printf ("sparc_emit_set_const64: Hard constant [%08lx%08lx] neg[%08lx%08lx]\n",
- high_bits, low_bits, ~high_bits, ~low_bits);
-#endif
- sparc_emit_set_const64_longway (op0, temp, high_bits, low_bits);
-}
-#endif /* HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32 */
-
-/* Given a comparison code (EQ, NE, etc.) and the first operand of a COMPARE,
- return the mode to be used for the comparison. For floating-point,
- CCFP[E]mode is used. CC_NOOVmode should be used when the first operand
- is a PLUS, MINUS, NEG, or ASHIFT. CCmode should be used when no special
- processing is needed. */
-
-enum machine_mode
-select_cc_mode (enum rtx_code op, rtx x, rtx y ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
- if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) == MODE_FLOAT)
- {
- switch (op)
- {
- case EQ:
- case NE:
- case UNORDERED:
- case ORDERED:
- case UNLT:
- case UNLE:
- case UNGT:
- case UNGE:
- case UNEQ:
- case LTGT:
- return CCFPmode;
-
- case LT:
- case LE:
- case GT:
- case GE:
- return CCFPEmode;
-
- default:
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
- }
- else if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS || GET_CODE (x) == MINUS
- || GET_CODE (x) == NEG || GET_CODE (x) == ASHIFT)
- {
- if (TARGET_ARCH64 && GET_MODE (x) == DImode)
- return CCX_NOOVmode;
- else
- return CC_NOOVmode;
- }
- else
- {
- if (TARGET_ARCH64 && GET_MODE (x) == DImode)
- return CCXmode;
- else
- return CCmode;
- }
-}
-
-/* X and Y are two things to compare using CODE. Emit the compare insn and
- return the rtx for the cc reg in the proper mode. */
-
-rtx
-gen_compare_reg (enum rtx_code code)
-{
- rtx x = sparc_compare_op0;
- rtx y = sparc_compare_op1;
- enum machine_mode mode = SELECT_CC_MODE (code, x, y);
- rtx cc_reg;
-
- if (sparc_compare_emitted != NULL_RTX)
- {
- cc_reg = sparc_compare_emitted;
- sparc_compare_emitted = NULL_RTX;
- return cc_reg;
- }
-
- /* ??? We don't have movcc patterns so we cannot generate pseudo regs for the
- fcc regs (cse can't tell they're really call clobbered regs and will
- remove a duplicate comparison even if there is an intervening function
- call - it will then try to reload the cc reg via an int reg which is why
- we need the movcc patterns). It is possible to provide the movcc
- patterns by using the ldxfsr/stxfsr v9 insns. I tried it: you need two
- registers (say %g1,%g5) and it takes about 6 insns. A better fix would be
- to tell cse that CCFPE mode registers (even pseudos) are call
- clobbered. */
-
- /* ??? This is an experiment. Rather than making changes to cse which may
- or may not be easy/clean, we do our own cse. This is possible because
- we will generate hard registers. Cse knows they're call clobbered (it
- doesn't know the same thing about pseudos). If we guess wrong, no big
- deal, but if we win, great! */
-
- if (TARGET_V9 && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) == MODE_FLOAT)
-#if 1 /* experiment */
- {
- int reg;
- /* We cycle through the registers to ensure they're all exercised. */
- static int next_fcc_reg = 0;
- /* Previous x,y for each fcc reg. */
- static rtx prev_args[4][2];
-
- /* Scan prev_args for x,y. */
- for (reg = 0; reg < 4; reg++)
- if (prev_args[reg][0] == x && prev_args[reg][1] == y)
- break;
- if (reg == 4)
- {
- reg = next_fcc_reg;
- prev_args[reg][0] = x;
- prev_args[reg][1] = y;
- next_fcc_reg = (next_fcc_reg + 1) & 3;
- }
- cc_reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, reg + SPARC_FIRST_V9_FCC_REG);
- }
-#else
- cc_reg = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
-#endif /* ! experiment */
- else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) == MODE_FLOAT)
- cc_reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, SPARC_FCC_REG);
- else
- cc_reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, SPARC_ICC_REG);
-
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, cc_reg,
- gen_rtx_COMPARE (mode, x, y)));
-
- return cc_reg;
-}
-
-/* This function is used for v9 only.
- CODE is the code for an Scc's comparison.
- OPERANDS[0] is the target of the Scc insn.
- OPERANDS[1] is the value we compare against const0_rtx (which hasn't
- been generated yet).
-
- This function is needed to turn
-
- (set (reg:SI 110)
- (gt (reg:CCX 100 %icc)
- (const_int 0)))
- into
- (set (reg:SI 110)
- (gt:DI (reg:CCX 100 %icc)
- (const_int 0)))
-
- IE: The instruction recognizer needs to see the mode of the comparison to
- find the right instruction. We could use "gt:DI" right in the
- define_expand, but leaving it out allows us to handle DI, SI, etc.
-
- We refer to the global sparc compare operands sparc_compare_op0 and
- sparc_compare_op1. */
-
-int
-gen_v9_scc (enum rtx_code compare_code, register rtx *operands)
-{
- if (! TARGET_ARCH64
- && (GET_MODE (sparc_compare_op0) == DImode
- || GET_MODE (operands[0]) == DImode))
- return 0;
-
- /* Try to use the movrCC insns. */
- if (TARGET_ARCH64
- && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (sparc_compare_op0)) == MODE_INT
- && sparc_compare_op1 == const0_rtx
- && v9_regcmp_p (compare_code))
- {
- rtx op0 = sparc_compare_op0;
- rtx temp;
-
- /* Special case for op0 != 0. This can be done with one instruction if
- operands[0] == sparc_compare_op0. */
-
- if (compare_code == NE
- && GET_MODE (operands[0]) == DImode
- && rtx_equal_p (op0, operands[0]))
- {
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, operands[0],
- gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (DImode,
- gen_rtx_fmt_ee (compare_code, DImode,
- op0, const0_rtx),
- const1_rtx,
- operands[0])));
- return 1;
- }
-
- if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (operands[0], op0))
- {
- /* Handle the case where operands[0] == sparc_compare_op0.
- We "early clobber" the result. */
- op0 = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (sparc_compare_op0));
- emit_move_insn (op0, sparc_compare_op0);
- }
-
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, operands[0], const0_rtx));
- if (GET_MODE (op0) != DImode)
- {
- temp = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
- convert_move (temp, op0, 0);
- }
- else
- temp = op0;
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, operands[0],
- gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (GET_MODE (operands[0]),
- gen_rtx_fmt_ee (compare_code, DImode,
- temp, const0_rtx),
- const1_rtx,
- operands[0])));
- return 1;
- }
- else
- {
- operands[1] = gen_compare_reg (compare_code);
-
- switch (GET_MODE (operands[1]))
- {
- case CCmode :
- case CCXmode :
- case CCFPEmode :
- case CCFPmode :
- break;
- default :
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, operands[0], const0_rtx));
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, operands[0],
- gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (GET_MODE (operands[0]),
- gen_rtx_fmt_ee (compare_code,
- GET_MODE (operands[1]),
- operands[1], const0_rtx),
- const1_rtx, operands[0])));
- return 1;
- }
-}
-
-/* Emit a conditional jump insn for the v9 architecture using comparison code
- CODE and jump target LABEL.
- This function exists to take advantage of the v9 brxx insns. */
-
-void
-emit_v9_brxx_insn (enum rtx_code code, rtx op0, rtx label)
-{
- gcc_assert (sparc_compare_emitted == NULL_RTX);
- emit_jump_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- pc_rtx,
- gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (VOIDmode,
- gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, GET_MODE (op0),
- op0, const0_rtx),
- gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (VOIDmode, label),
- pc_rtx)));
-}
-
-/* Generate a DFmode part of a hard TFmode register.
- REG is the TFmode hard register, LOW is 1 for the
- low 64bit of the register and 0 otherwise.
- */
-rtx
-gen_df_reg (rtx reg, int low)
-{
- int regno = REGNO (reg);
-
- if ((WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN == 0) ^ (low != 0))
- regno += (TARGET_ARCH64 && regno < 32) ? 1 : 2;
- return gen_rtx_REG (DFmode, regno);
-}
-
-/* Generate a call to FUNC with OPERANDS. Operand 0 is the return value.
- Unlike normal calls, TFmode operands are passed by reference. It is
- assumed that no more than 3 operands are required. */
-
-static void
-emit_soft_tfmode_libcall (const char *func_name, int nargs, rtx *operands)
-{
- rtx ret_slot = NULL, arg[3], func_sym;
- int i;
-
- /* We only expect to be called for conversions, unary, and binary ops. */
- gcc_assert (nargs == 2 || nargs == 3);
-
- for (i = 0; i < nargs; ++i)
- {
- rtx this_arg = operands[i];
- rtx this_slot;
-
- /* TFmode arguments and return values are passed by reference. */
- if (GET_MODE (this_arg) == TFmode)
- {
- int force_stack_temp;
-
- force_stack_temp = 0;
- if (TARGET_BUGGY_QP_LIB && i == 0)
- force_stack_temp = 1;
-
- if (GET_CODE (this_arg) == MEM
- && ! force_stack_temp)
- this_arg = XEXP (this_arg, 0);
- else if (CONSTANT_P (this_arg)
- && ! force_stack_temp)
- {
- this_slot = force_const_mem (TFmode, this_arg);
- this_arg = XEXP (this_slot, 0);
- }
- else
- {
- this_slot = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE (TFmode), 0);
-
- /* Operand 0 is the return value. We'll copy it out later. */
- if (i > 0)
- emit_move_insn (this_slot, this_arg);
- else
- ret_slot = this_slot;
-
- this_arg = XEXP (this_slot, 0);
- }
- }
-
- arg[i] = this_arg;
- }
-
- func_sym = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, func_name);
-
- if (GET_MODE (operands[0]) == TFmode)
- {
- if (nargs == 2)
- emit_library_call (func_sym, LCT_NORMAL, VOIDmode, 2,
- arg[0], GET_MODE (arg[0]),
- arg[1], GET_MODE (arg[1]));
- else
- emit_library_call (func_sym, LCT_NORMAL, VOIDmode, 3,
- arg[0], GET_MODE (arg[0]),
- arg[1], GET_MODE (arg[1]),
- arg[2], GET_MODE (arg[2]));
-
- if (ret_slot)
- emit_move_insn (operands[0], ret_slot);
- }
- else
- {
- rtx ret;
-
- gcc_assert (nargs == 2);
-
- ret = emit_library_call_value (func_sym, operands[0], LCT_NORMAL,
- GET_MODE (operands[0]), 1,
- arg[1], GET_MODE (arg[1]));
-
- if (ret != operands[0])
- emit_move_insn (operands[0], ret);
- }
-}
-
-/* Expand soft-float TFmode calls to sparc abi routines. */
-
-static void
-emit_soft_tfmode_binop (enum rtx_code code, rtx *operands)
-{
- const char *func;
-
- switch (code)
- {
- case PLUS:
- func = "_Qp_add";
- break;
- case MINUS:
- func = "_Qp_sub";
- break;
- case MULT:
- func = "_Qp_mul";
- break;
- case DIV:
- func = "_Qp_div";
- break;
- default:
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
-
- emit_soft_tfmode_libcall (func, 3, operands);
-}
-
-static void
-emit_soft_tfmode_unop (enum rtx_code code, rtx *operands)
-{
- const char *func;
-
- gcc_assert (code == SQRT);
- func = "_Qp_sqrt";
-
- emit_soft_tfmode_libcall (func, 2, operands);
-}
-
-static void
-emit_soft_tfmode_cvt (enum rtx_code code, rtx *operands)
-{
- const char *func;
-
- switch (code)
- {
- case FLOAT_EXTEND:
- switch (GET_MODE (operands[1]))
- {
- case SFmode:
- func = "_Qp_stoq";
- break;
- case DFmode:
- func = "_Qp_dtoq";
- break;
- default:
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
- break;
-
- case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
- switch (GET_MODE (operands[0]))
- {
- case SFmode:
- func = "_Qp_qtos";
- break;
- case DFmode:
- func = "_Qp_qtod";
- break;
- default:
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
- break;
-
- case FLOAT:
- switch (GET_MODE (operands[1]))
- {
- case SImode:
- func = "_Qp_itoq";
- break;
- case DImode:
- func = "_Qp_xtoq";
- break;
- default:
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
- break;
-
- case UNSIGNED_FLOAT:
- switch (GET_MODE (operands[1]))
- {
- case SImode:
- func = "_Qp_uitoq";
- break;
- case DImode:
- func = "_Qp_uxtoq";
- break;
- default:
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
- break;
-
- case FIX:
- switch (GET_MODE (operands[0]))
- {
- case SImode:
- func = "_Qp_qtoi";
- break;
- case DImode:
- func = "_Qp_qtox";
- break;
- default:
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
- break;
-
- case UNSIGNED_FIX:
- switch (GET_MODE (operands[0]))
- {
- case SImode:
- func = "_Qp_qtoui";
- break;
- case DImode:
- func = "_Qp_qtoux";
- break;
- default:
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
-
- emit_soft_tfmode_libcall (func, 2, operands);
-}
-
-/* Expand a hard-float tfmode operation. All arguments must be in
- registers. */
-
-static void
-emit_hard_tfmode_operation (enum rtx_code code, rtx *operands)
-{
- rtx op, dest;
-
- if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == RTX_UNARY)
- {
- operands[1] = force_reg (GET_MODE (operands[1]), operands[1]);
- op = gen_rtx_fmt_e (code, GET_MODE (operands[0]), operands[1]);
- }
- else
- {
- operands[1] = force_reg (GET_MODE (operands[1]), operands[1]);
- operands[2] = force_reg (GET_MODE (operands[2]), operands[2]);
- op = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, GET_MODE (operands[0]),
- operands[1], operands[2]);
- }
-
- if (register_operand (operands[0], VOIDmode))
- dest = operands[0];
- else
- dest = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (operands[0]));
-
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest, op));
-
- if (dest != operands[0])
- emit_move_insn (operands[0], dest);
-}
-
-void
-emit_tfmode_binop (enum rtx_code code, rtx *operands)
-{
- if (TARGET_HARD_QUAD)
- emit_hard_tfmode_operation (code, operands);
- else
- emit_soft_tfmode_binop (code, operands);
-}
-
-void
-emit_tfmode_unop (enum rtx_code code, rtx *operands)
-{
- if (TARGET_HARD_QUAD)
- emit_hard_tfmode_operation (code, operands);
- else
- emit_soft_tfmode_unop (code, operands);
-}
-
-void
-emit_tfmode_cvt (enum rtx_code code, rtx *operands)
-{
- if (TARGET_HARD_QUAD)
- emit_hard_tfmode_operation (code, operands);
- else
- emit_soft_tfmode_cvt (code, operands);
-}
-
-/* Return nonzero if a branch/jump/call instruction will be emitting
- nop into its delay slot. */
-
-int
-empty_delay_slot (rtx insn)
-{
- rtx seq;
-
- /* If no previous instruction (should not happen), return true. */
- if (PREV_INSN (insn) == NULL)
- return 1;
-
- seq = NEXT_INSN (PREV_INSN (insn));
- if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (seq)) == SEQUENCE)
- return 0;
-
- return 1;
-}
-
-/* Return nonzero if TRIAL can go into the call delay slot. */
-
-int
-tls_call_delay (rtx trial)
-{
- rtx pat;
-
- /* Binutils allows
- call __tls_get_addr, %tgd_call (foo)
- add %l7, %o0, %o0, %tgd_add (foo)
- while Sun as/ld does not. */
- if (TARGET_GNU_TLS || !TARGET_TLS)
- return 1;
-
- pat = PATTERN (trial);
-
- /* We must reject tgd_add{32|64}, i.e.
- (set (reg) (plus (reg) (unspec [(reg) (symbol_ref)] UNSPEC_TLSGD)))
- and tldm_add{32|64}, i.e.
- (set (reg) (plus (reg) (unspec [(reg) (symbol_ref)] UNSPEC_TLSLDM)))
- for Sun as/ld. */
- if (GET_CODE (pat) == SET
- && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (pat)) == PLUS)
- {
- rtx unspec = XEXP (SET_SRC (pat), 1);
-
- if (GET_CODE (unspec) == UNSPEC
- && (XINT (unspec, 1) == UNSPEC_TLSGD
- || XINT (unspec, 1) == UNSPEC_TLSLDM))
- return 0;
- }
-
- return 1;
-}
-
-/* Return nonzero if TRIAL, an insn, can be combined with a 'restore'
- instruction. RETURN_P is true if the v9 variant 'return' is to be
- considered in the test too.
-
- TRIAL must be a SET whose destination is a REG appropriate for the
- 'restore' instruction or, if RETURN_P is true, for the 'return'
- instruction. */
-
-static int
-eligible_for_restore_insn (rtx trial, bool return_p)
-{
- rtx pat = PATTERN (trial);
- rtx src = SET_SRC (pat);
-
- /* The 'restore src,%g0,dest' pattern for word mode and below. */
- if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (src)) != MODE_FLOAT
- && arith_operand (src, GET_MODE (src)))
- {
- if (TARGET_ARCH64)
- return GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (src)) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (DImode);
- else
- return GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (src)) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode);
- }
-
- /* The 'restore src,%g0,dest' pattern for double-word mode. */
- else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (src)) != MODE_FLOAT
- && arith_double_operand (src, GET_MODE (src)))
- return GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (src)) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (DImode);
-
- /* The 'restore src,%g0,dest' pattern for float if no FPU. */
- else if (! TARGET_FPU && register_operand (src, SFmode))
- return 1;
-
- /* The 'restore src,%g0,dest' pattern for double if no FPU. */
- else if (! TARGET_FPU && TARGET_ARCH64 && register_operand (src, DFmode))
- return 1;
-
- /* If we have the 'return' instruction, anything that does not use
- local or output registers and can go into a delay slot wins. */
- else if (return_p && TARGET_V9 && ! epilogue_renumber (&pat, 1)
- && (get_attr_in_uncond_branch_delay (trial)
- == IN_UNCOND_BRANCH_DELAY_TRUE))
- return 1;
-
- /* The 'restore src1,src2,dest' pattern for SImode. */
- else if (GET_CODE (src) == PLUS
- && register_operand (XEXP (src, 0), SImode)
- && arith_operand (XEXP (src, 1), SImode))
- return 1;
-
- /* The 'restore src1,src2,dest' pattern for DImode. */
- else if (GET_CODE (src) == PLUS
- && register_operand (XEXP (src, 0), DImode)
- && arith_double_operand (XEXP (src, 1), DImode))
- return 1;
-
- /* The 'restore src1,%lo(src2),dest' pattern. */
- else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
- && ! TARGET_CM_MEDMID
- && ((register_operand (XEXP (src, 0), SImode)
- && immediate_operand (XEXP (src, 1), SImode))
- || (TARGET_ARCH64
- && register_operand (XEXP (src, 0), DImode)
- && immediate_operand (XEXP (src, 1), DImode))))
- return 1;
-
- /* The 'restore src,src,dest' pattern. */
- else if (GET_CODE (src) == ASHIFT
- && (register_operand (XEXP (src, 0), SImode)
- || register_operand (XEXP (src, 0), DImode))
- && XEXP (src, 1) == const1_rtx)
- return 1;
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* Return nonzero if TRIAL can go into the function return's
- delay slot. */
-
-int
-eligible_for_return_delay (rtx trial)
-{
- rtx pat;
-
- if (GET_CODE (trial) != INSN || GET_CODE (PATTERN (trial)) != SET)
- return 0;
-
- if (get_attr_length (trial) != 1)
- return 0;
-
- /* If there are any call-saved registers, we should scan TRIAL if it
- does not reference them. For now just make it easy. */
- if (num_gfregs)
- return 0;
-
- /* If the function uses __builtin_eh_return, the eh_return machinery
- occupies the delay slot. */
- if (current_function_calls_eh_return)
- return 0;
-
- /* In the case of a true leaf function, anything can go into the slot. */
- if (sparc_leaf_function_p)
- return get_attr_in_uncond_branch_delay (trial)
- == IN_UNCOND_BRANCH_DELAY_TRUE;
-
- pat = PATTERN (trial);
-
- /* Otherwise, only operations which can be done in tandem with
- a `restore' or `return' insn can go into the delay slot. */
- if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (pat)) != REG
- || (REGNO (SET_DEST (pat)) >= 8 && REGNO (SET_DEST (pat)) < 24))
- return 0;
-
- /* If this instruction sets up floating point register and we have a return
- instruction, it can probably go in. But restore will not work
- with FP_REGS. */
- if (REGNO (SET_DEST (pat)) >= 32)
- return (TARGET_V9
- && ! epilogue_renumber (&pat, 1)
- && (get_attr_in_uncond_branch_delay (trial)
- == IN_UNCOND_BRANCH_DELAY_TRUE));
-
- return eligible_for_restore_insn (trial, true);
-}
-
-/* Return nonzero if TRIAL can go into the sibling call's
- delay slot. */
-
-int
-eligible_for_sibcall_delay (rtx trial)
-{
- rtx pat;
-
- if (GET_CODE (trial) != INSN || GET_CODE (PATTERN (trial)) != SET)
- return 0;
-
- if (get_attr_length (trial) != 1)
- return 0;
-
- pat = PATTERN (trial);
-
- if (sparc_leaf_function_p)
- {
- /* If the tail call is done using the call instruction,
- we have to restore %o7 in the delay slot. */
- if (LEAF_SIBCALL_SLOT_RESERVED_P)
- return 0;
-
- /* %g1 is used to build the function address */
- if (reg_mentioned_p (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 1), pat))
- return 0;
-
- return 1;
- }
-
- /* Otherwise, only operations which can be done in tandem with
- a `restore' insn can go into the delay slot. */
- if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (pat)) != REG
- || (REGNO (SET_DEST (pat)) >= 8 && REGNO (SET_DEST (pat)) < 24)
- || REGNO (SET_DEST (pat)) >= 32)
- return 0;
-
- /* If it mentions %o7, it can't go in, because sibcall will clobber it
- in most cases. */
- if (reg_mentioned_p (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 15), pat))
- return 0;
-
- return eligible_for_restore_insn (trial, false);
-}
-
-int
-short_branch (int uid1, int uid2)
-{
- int delta = INSN_ADDRESSES (uid1) - INSN_ADDRESSES (uid2);
-
- /* Leave a few words of "slop". */
- if (delta >= -1023 && delta <= 1022)
- return 1;
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* Return nonzero if REG is not used after INSN.
- We assume REG is a reload reg, and therefore does
- not live past labels or calls or jumps. */
-int
-reg_unused_after (rtx reg, rtx insn)
-{
- enum rtx_code code, prev_code = UNKNOWN;
-
- while ((insn = NEXT_INSN (insn)))
- {
- if (prev_code == CALL_INSN && call_used_regs[REGNO (reg)])
- return 1;
-
- code = GET_CODE (insn);
- if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL)
- return 1;
-
- if (INSN_P (insn))
- {
- rtx set = single_set (insn);
- int in_src = set && reg_overlap_mentioned_p (reg, SET_SRC (set));
- if (set && in_src)
- return 0;
- if (set && reg_overlap_mentioned_p (reg, SET_DEST (set)))
- return 1;
- if (set == 0 && reg_overlap_mentioned_p (reg, PATTERN (insn)))
- return 0;
- }
- prev_code = code;
- }
- return 1;
-}
-
-/* Determine if it's legal to put X into the constant pool. This
- is not possible if X contains the address of a symbol that is
- not constant (TLS) or not known at final link time (PIC). */
-
-static bool
-sparc_cannot_force_const_mem (rtx x)
-{
- switch (GET_CODE (x))
- {
- case CONST_INT:
- case CONST_DOUBLE:
- case CONST_VECTOR:
- /* Accept all non-symbolic constants. */
- return false;
-
- case LABEL_REF:
- /* Labels are OK iff we are non-PIC. */
- return flag_pic != 0;
-
- case SYMBOL_REF:
- /* 'Naked' TLS symbol references are never OK,
- non-TLS symbols are OK iff we are non-PIC. */
- if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (x))
- return true;
- else
- return flag_pic != 0;
-
- case CONST:
- return sparc_cannot_force_const_mem (XEXP (x, 0));
- case PLUS:
- case MINUS:
- return sparc_cannot_force_const_mem (XEXP (x, 0))
- || sparc_cannot_force_const_mem (XEXP (x, 1));
- case UNSPEC:
- return true;
- default:
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
-}
-
-/* PIC support. */
-static GTY(()) char pic_helper_symbol_name[256];
-static GTY(()) rtx pic_helper_symbol;
-static GTY(()) bool pic_helper_emitted_p = false;
-static GTY(()) rtx global_offset_table;
-
-/* Ensure that we are not using patterns that are not OK with PIC. */
-
-int
-check_pic (int i)
-{
- switch (flag_pic)
- {
- case 1:
- gcc_assert (GET_CODE (recog_data.operand[i]) != SYMBOL_REF
- && (GET_CODE (recog_data.operand[i]) != CONST
- || (GET_CODE (XEXP (recog_data.operand[i], 0)) == MINUS
- && (XEXP (XEXP (recog_data.operand[i], 0), 0)
- == global_offset_table)
- && (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (recog_data.operand[i], 0), 1))
- == CONST))));
- case 2:
- default:
- return 1;
- }
-}
-
-/* Return true if X is an address which needs a temporary register when
- reloaded while generating PIC code. */
-
-int
-pic_address_needs_scratch (rtx x)
-{
- /* An address which is a symbolic plus a non SMALL_INT needs a temp reg. */
- if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
- && ! SMALL_INT (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)))
- return 1;
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* Determine if a given RTX is a valid constant. We already know this
- satisfies CONSTANT_P. */
-
-bool
-legitimate_constant_p (rtx x)
-{
- rtx inner;
-
- switch (GET_CODE (x))
- {
- case SYMBOL_REF:
- /* TLS symbols are not constant. */
- if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (x))
- return false;
- break;
-
- case CONST:
- inner = XEXP (x, 0);
-
- /* Offsets of TLS symbols are never valid.
- Discourage CSE from creating them. */
- if (GET_CODE (inner) == PLUS
- && SPARC_SYMBOL_REF_TLS_P (XEXP (inner, 0)))
- return false;
- break;
-
- case CONST_DOUBLE:
- if (GET_MODE (x) == VOIDmode)
- return true;
-
- /* Floating point constants are generally not ok.
- The only exception is 0.0 in VIS. */
- if (TARGET_VIS
- && SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (x))
- && const_zero_operand (x, GET_MODE (x)))
- return true;
-
- return false;
-
- case CONST_VECTOR:
- /* Vector constants are generally not ok.
- The only exception is 0 in VIS. */
- if (TARGET_VIS
- && const_zero_operand (x, GET_MODE (x)))
- return true;
-
- return false;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- return true;
-}
-
-/* Determine if a given RTX is a valid constant address. */
-
-bool
-constant_address_p (rtx x)
-{
- switch (GET_CODE (x))
- {
- case LABEL_REF:
- case CONST_INT:
- case HIGH:
- return true;
-
- case CONST:
- if (flag_pic && pic_address_needs_scratch (x))
- return false;
- return legitimate_constant_p (x);
-
- case SYMBOL_REF:
- return !flag_pic && legitimate_constant_p (x);
-
- default:
- return false;
- }
-}
-
-/* Nonzero if the constant value X is a legitimate general operand
- when generating PIC code. It is given that flag_pic is on and
- that X satisfies CONSTANT_P or is a CONST_DOUBLE. */
-
-bool
-legitimate_pic_operand_p (rtx x)
-{
- if (pic_address_needs_scratch (x))
- return false;
- if (SPARC_SYMBOL_REF_TLS_P (x)
- || (GET_CODE (x) == CONST
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS
- && SPARC_SYMBOL_REF_TLS_P (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0))))
- return false;
- return true;
-}
-
-/* Return nonzero if ADDR is a valid memory address.
- STRICT specifies whether strict register checking applies. */
-
-int
-legitimate_address_p (enum machine_mode mode, rtx addr, int strict)
-{
- rtx rs1 = NULL, rs2 = NULL, imm1 = NULL;
-
- if (REG_P (addr) || GET_CODE (addr) == SUBREG)
- rs1 = addr;
- else if (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS)
- {
- rs1 = XEXP (addr, 0);
- rs2 = XEXP (addr, 1);
-
- /* Canonicalize. REG comes first, if there are no regs,
- LO_SUM comes first. */
- if (!REG_P (rs1)
- && GET_CODE (rs1) != SUBREG
- && (REG_P (rs2)
- || GET_CODE (rs2) == SUBREG
- || (GET_CODE (rs2) == LO_SUM && GET_CODE (rs1) != LO_SUM)))
- {
- rs1 = XEXP (addr, 1);
- rs2 = XEXP (addr, 0);
- }
-
- if ((flag_pic == 1
- && rs1 == pic_offset_table_rtx
- && !REG_P (rs2)
- && GET_CODE (rs2) != SUBREG
- && GET_CODE (rs2) != LO_SUM
- && GET_CODE (rs2) != MEM
- && ! SPARC_SYMBOL_REF_TLS_P (rs2)
- && (! symbolic_operand (rs2, VOIDmode) || mode == Pmode)
- && (GET_CODE (rs2) != CONST_INT || SMALL_INT (rs2)))
- || ((REG_P (rs1)
- || GET_CODE (rs1) == SUBREG)
- && RTX_OK_FOR_OFFSET_P (rs2)))
- {
- imm1 = rs2;
- rs2 = NULL;
- }
- else if ((REG_P (rs1) || GET_CODE (rs1) == SUBREG)
- && (REG_P (rs2) || GET_CODE (rs2) == SUBREG))
- {
- /* We prohibit REG + REG for TFmode when there are no quad move insns
- and we consequently need to split. We do this because REG+REG
- is not an offsettable address. If we get the situation in reload
- where source and destination of a movtf pattern are both MEMs with
- REG+REG address, then only one of them gets converted to an
- offsettable address. */
- if (mode == TFmode
- && ! (TARGET_FPU && TARGET_ARCH64 && TARGET_HARD_QUAD))
- return 0;
-
- /* We prohibit REG + REG on ARCH32 if not optimizing for
- DFmode/DImode because then mem_min_alignment is likely to be zero
- after reload and the forced split would lack a matching splitter
- pattern. */
- if (TARGET_ARCH32 && !optimize
- && (mode == DFmode || mode == DImode))
- return 0;
- }
- else if (USE_AS_OFFSETABLE_LO10
- && GET_CODE (rs1) == LO_SUM
- && TARGET_ARCH64
- && ! TARGET_CM_MEDMID
- && RTX_OK_FOR_OLO10_P (rs2))
- {
- rs2 = NULL;
- imm1 = XEXP (rs1, 1);
- rs1 = XEXP (rs1, 0);
- if (! CONSTANT_P (imm1) || SPARC_SYMBOL_REF_TLS_P (rs1))
- return 0;
- }
- }
- else if (GET_CODE (addr) == LO_SUM)
- {
- rs1 = XEXP (addr, 0);
- imm1 = XEXP (addr, 1);
-
- if (! CONSTANT_P (imm1) || SPARC_SYMBOL_REF_TLS_P (rs1))
- return 0;
-
- /* We can't allow TFmode in 32-bit mode, because an offset greater
- than the alignment (8) may cause the LO_SUM to overflow. */
- if (mode == TFmode && TARGET_ARCH32)
- return 0;
- }
- else if (GET_CODE (addr) == CONST_INT && SMALL_INT (addr))
- return 1;
- else
- return 0;
-
- if (GET_CODE (rs1) == SUBREG)
- rs1 = SUBREG_REG (rs1);
- if (!REG_P (rs1))
- return 0;
-
- if (rs2)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (rs2) == SUBREG)
- rs2 = SUBREG_REG (rs2);
- if (!REG_P (rs2))
- return 0;
- }
-
- if (strict)
- {
- if (!REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (REGNO (rs1))
- || (rs2 && !REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (REGNO (rs2))))
- return 0;
- }
- else
- {
- if ((REGNO (rs1) >= 32
- && REGNO (rs1) != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
- && REGNO (rs1) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
- || (rs2
- && (REGNO (rs2) >= 32
- && REGNO (rs2) != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
- && REGNO (rs2) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)))
- return 0;
- }
- return 1;
-}
-
-/* Construct the SYMBOL_REF for the tls_get_offset function. */
-
-static GTY(()) rtx sparc_tls_symbol;
-
-static rtx
-sparc_tls_get_addr (void)
-{
- if (!sparc_tls_symbol)
- sparc_tls_symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__tls_get_addr");
-
- return sparc_tls_symbol;
-}
-
-static rtx
-sparc_tls_got (void)
-{
- rtx temp;
- if (flag_pic)
- {
- current_function_uses_pic_offset_table = 1;
- return pic_offset_table_rtx;
- }
-
- if (!global_offset_table)
- global_offset_table = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
- temp = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
- emit_move_insn (temp, global_offset_table);
- return temp;
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if *X is a thread-local symbol. */
-
-static int
-sparc_tls_symbol_ref_1 (rtx *x, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
- return SPARC_SYMBOL_REF_TLS_P (*x);
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if X contains a thread-local symbol. */
-
-bool
-sparc_tls_referenced_p (rtx x)
-{
- if (!TARGET_HAVE_TLS)
- return false;
-
- return for_each_rtx (&x, &sparc_tls_symbol_ref_1, 0);
-}
-
-/* ADDR contains a thread-local SYMBOL_REF. Generate code to compute
- this (thread-local) address. */
-
-rtx
-legitimize_tls_address (rtx addr)
-{
- rtx temp1, temp2, temp3, ret, o0, got, insn;
-
- gcc_assert (! no_new_pseudos);
-
- if (GET_CODE (addr) == SYMBOL_REF)
- switch (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (addr))
- {
- case TLS_MODEL_GLOBAL_DYNAMIC:
- start_sequence ();
- temp1 = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
- temp2 = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
- ret = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
- o0 = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 8);
- got = sparc_tls_got ();
- emit_insn (gen_tgd_hi22 (temp1, addr));
- emit_insn (gen_tgd_lo10 (temp2, temp1, addr));
- if (TARGET_ARCH32)
- {
- emit_insn (gen_tgd_add32 (o0, got, temp2, addr));
- insn = emit_call_insn (gen_tgd_call32 (o0, sparc_tls_get_addr (),
- addr, const1_rtx));
- }
- else
- {
- emit_insn (gen_tgd_add64 (o0, got, temp2, addr));
- insn = emit_call_insn (gen_tgd_call64 (o0, sparc_tls_get_addr (),
- addr, const1_rtx));
- }
- CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn)
- = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, o0),
- CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn));
- insn = get_insns ();
- end_sequence ();
- emit_libcall_block (insn, ret, o0, addr);
- break;
-
- case TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_DYNAMIC:
- start_sequence ();
- temp1 = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
- temp2 = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
- temp3 = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
- ret = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
- o0 = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 8);
- got = sparc_tls_got ();
- emit_insn (gen_tldm_hi22 (temp1));
- emit_insn (gen_tldm_lo10 (temp2, temp1));
- if (TARGET_ARCH32)
- {
- emit_insn (gen_tldm_add32 (o0, got, temp2));
- insn = emit_call_insn (gen_tldm_call32 (o0, sparc_tls_get_addr (),
- const1_rtx));
- }
- else
- {
- emit_insn (gen_tldm_add64 (o0, got, temp2));
- insn = emit_call_insn (gen_tldm_call64 (o0, sparc_tls_get_addr (),
- const1_rtx));
- }
- CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn)
- = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, o0),
- CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn));
- insn = get_insns ();
- end_sequence ();
- emit_libcall_block (insn, temp3, o0,
- gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode, gen_rtvec (1, const0_rtx),
- UNSPEC_TLSLD_BASE));
- temp1 = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
- temp2 = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
- emit_insn (gen_tldo_hix22 (temp1, addr));
- emit_insn (gen_tldo_lox10 (temp2, temp1, addr));
- if (TARGET_ARCH32)
- emit_insn (gen_tldo_add32 (ret, temp3, temp2, addr));
- else
- emit_insn (gen_tldo_add64 (ret, temp3, temp2, addr));
- break;
-
- case TLS_MODEL_INITIAL_EXEC:
- temp1 = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
- temp2 = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
- temp3 = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
- got = sparc_tls_got ();
- emit_insn (gen_tie_hi22 (temp1, addr));
- emit_insn (gen_tie_lo10 (temp2, temp1, addr));
- if (TARGET_ARCH32)
- emit_insn (gen_tie_ld32 (temp3, got, temp2, addr));
- else
- emit_insn (gen_tie_ld64 (temp3, got, temp2, addr));
- if (TARGET_SUN_TLS)
- {
- ret = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
- if (TARGET_ARCH32)
- emit_insn (gen_tie_add32 (ret, gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 7),
- temp3, addr));
- else
- emit_insn (gen_tie_add64 (ret, gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 7),
- temp3, addr));
- }
- else
- ret = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 7), temp3);
- break;
-
- case TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_EXEC:
- temp1 = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
- temp2 = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
- if (TARGET_ARCH32)
- {
- emit_insn (gen_tle_hix22_sp32 (temp1, addr));
- emit_insn (gen_tle_lox10_sp32 (temp2, temp1, addr));
- }
- else
- {
- emit_insn (gen_tle_hix22_sp64 (temp1, addr));
- emit_insn (gen_tle_lox10_sp64 (temp2, temp1, addr));
- }
- ret = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 7), temp2);
- break;
-
- default:
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
-
- else
- gcc_unreachable (); /* for now ... */
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-
-/* Legitimize PIC addresses. If the address is already position-independent,
- we return ORIG. Newly generated position-independent addresses go into a
- reg. This is REG if nonzero, otherwise we allocate register(s) as
- necessary. */
-
-rtx
-legitimize_pic_address (rtx orig, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- rtx reg)
-{
- if (GET_CODE (orig) == SYMBOL_REF)
- {
- rtx pic_ref, address;
- rtx insn;
-
- if (reg == 0)
- {
- gcc_assert (! reload_in_progress && ! reload_completed);
- reg = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
- }
-
- if (flag_pic == 2)
- {
- /* If not during reload, allocate another temp reg here for loading
- in the address, so that these instructions can be optimized
- properly. */
- rtx temp_reg = ((reload_in_progress || reload_completed)
- ? reg : gen_reg_rtx (Pmode));
-
- /* Must put the SYMBOL_REF inside an UNSPEC here so that cse
- won't get confused into thinking that these two instructions
- are loading in the true address of the symbol. If in the
- future a PIC rtx exists, that should be used instead. */
- if (TARGET_ARCH64)
- {
- emit_insn (gen_movdi_high_pic (temp_reg, orig));
- emit_insn (gen_movdi_lo_sum_pic (temp_reg, temp_reg, orig));
- }
- else
- {
- emit_insn (gen_movsi_high_pic (temp_reg, orig));
- emit_insn (gen_movsi_lo_sum_pic (temp_reg, temp_reg, orig));
- }
- address = temp_reg;
- }
- else
- address = orig;
-
- pic_ref = gen_const_mem (Pmode,
- gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode,
- pic_offset_table_rtx, address));
- current_function_uses_pic_offset_table = 1;
- insn = emit_move_insn (reg, pic_ref);
- /* Put a REG_EQUAL note on this insn, so that it can be optimized
- by loop. */
- REG_NOTES (insn) = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_EQUAL, orig,
- REG_NOTES (insn));
- return reg;
- }
- else if (GET_CODE (orig) == CONST)
- {
- rtx base, offset;
-
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (orig, 0)) == PLUS
- && XEXP (XEXP (orig, 0), 0) == pic_offset_table_rtx)
- return orig;
-
- if (reg == 0)
- {
- gcc_assert (! reload_in_progress && ! reload_completed);
- reg = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
- }
-
- gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (orig, 0)) == PLUS);
- base = legitimize_pic_address (XEXP (XEXP (orig, 0), 0), Pmode, reg);
- offset = legitimize_pic_address (XEXP (XEXP (orig, 0), 1), Pmode,
- base == reg ? 0 : reg);
-
- if (GET_CODE (offset) == CONST_INT)
- {
- if (SMALL_INT (offset))
- return plus_constant (base, INTVAL (offset));
- else if (! reload_in_progress && ! reload_completed)
- offset = force_reg (Pmode, offset);
- else
- /* If we reach here, then something is seriously wrong. */
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
- return gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, base, offset);
- }
- else if (GET_CODE (orig) == LABEL_REF)
- /* ??? Why do we do this? */
- /* Now movsi_pic_label_ref uses it, but we ought to be checking that
- the register is live instead, in case it is eliminated. */
- current_function_uses_pic_offset_table = 1;
-
- return orig;
-}
-
-/* Try machine-dependent ways of modifying an illegitimate address X
- to be legitimate. If we find one, return the new, valid address.
-
- OLDX is the address as it was before break_out_memory_refs was called.
- In some cases it is useful to look at this to decide what needs to be done.
-
- MODE is the mode of the operand pointed to by X. */
-
-rtx
-legitimize_address (rtx x, rtx oldx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, enum machine_mode mode)
-{
- rtx orig_x = x;
-
- if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MULT)
- x = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, XEXP (x, 1),
- force_operand (XEXP (x, 0), NULL_RTX));
- if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == MULT)
- x = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, XEXP (x, 0),
- force_operand (XEXP (x, 1), NULL_RTX));
- if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS)
- x = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, force_operand (XEXP (x, 0), NULL_RTX),
- XEXP (x, 1));
- if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == PLUS)
- x = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, XEXP (x, 0),
- force_operand (XEXP (x, 1), NULL_RTX));
-
- if (x != orig_x && legitimate_address_p (mode, x, FALSE))
- return x;
-
- if (SPARC_SYMBOL_REF_TLS_P (x))
- x = legitimize_tls_address (x);
- else if (flag_pic)
- x = legitimize_pic_address (x, mode, 0);
- else if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS && CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (x, 1)))
- x = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, XEXP (x, 0),
- copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, XEXP (x, 1)));
- else if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS && CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (x, 0)))
- x = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, XEXP (x, 1),
- copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, XEXP (x, 0)));
- else if (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF
- || GET_CODE (x) == CONST
- || GET_CODE (x) == LABEL_REF)
- x = copy_to_suggested_reg (x, NULL_RTX, Pmode);
- return x;
-}
-
-/* Emit the special PIC helper function. */
-
-static void
-emit_pic_helper (void)
-{
- const char *pic_name = reg_names[REGNO (pic_offset_table_rtx)];
- int align;
-
- switch_to_section (text_section);
-
- align = floor_log2 (FUNCTION_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT);
- if (align > 0)
- ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align);
- ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, pic_helper_symbol_name);
- if (flag_delayed_branch)
- fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tjmp\t%%o7+8\n\t add\t%%o7, %s, %s\n",
- pic_name, pic_name);
- else
- fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tadd\t%%o7, %s, %s\n\tjmp\t%%o7+8\n\t nop\n",
- pic_name, pic_name);
-
- pic_helper_emitted_p = true;
-}
-
-/* Emit code to load the PIC register. */
-
-static void
-load_pic_register (bool delay_pic_helper)
-{
- int orig_flag_pic = flag_pic;
-
- /* If we haven't initialized the special PIC symbols, do so now. */
- if (!pic_helper_symbol_name[0])
- {
- ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (pic_helper_symbol_name, "LADDPC", 0);
- pic_helper_symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, pic_helper_symbol_name);
- global_offset_table = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
- }
-
- /* If we haven't emitted the special PIC helper function, do so now unless
- we are requested to delay it. */
- if (!delay_pic_helper && !pic_helper_emitted_p)
- emit_pic_helper ();
-
- flag_pic = 0;
- if (TARGET_ARCH64)
- emit_insn (gen_load_pcrel_symdi (pic_offset_table_rtx, global_offset_table,
- pic_helper_symbol));
- else
- emit_insn (gen_load_pcrel_symsi (pic_offset_table_rtx, global_offset_table,
- pic_helper_symbol));
- flag_pic = orig_flag_pic;
-
- /* Need to emit this whether or not we obey regdecls,
- since setjmp/longjmp can cause life info to screw up.
- ??? In the case where we don't obey regdecls, this is not sufficient
- since we may not fall out the bottom. */
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, pic_offset_table_rtx));
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if RTX is a MEM which is known to be aligned to at
- least a DESIRED byte boundary. */
-
-int
-mem_min_alignment (rtx mem, int desired)
-{
- rtx addr, base, offset;
-
- /* If it's not a MEM we can't accept it. */
- if (GET_CODE (mem) != MEM)
- return 0;
-
- /* Obviously... */
- if (!TARGET_UNALIGNED_DOUBLES
- && MEM_ALIGN (mem) / BITS_PER_UNIT >= (unsigned)desired)
- return 1;
-
- /* ??? The rest of the function predates MEM_ALIGN so
- there is probably a bit of redundancy. */
- addr = XEXP (mem, 0);
- base = offset = NULL_RTX;
- if (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 0)) == REG)
- {
- base = XEXP (addr, 0);
-
- /* What we are saying here is that if the base
- REG is aligned properly, the compiler will make
- sure any REG based index upon it will be so
- as well. */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 1)) == CONST_INT)
- offset = XEXP (addr, 1);
- else
- offset = const0_rtx;
- }
- }
- else if (GET_CODE (addr) == REG)
- {
- base = addr;
- offset = const0_rtx;
- }
-
- if (base != NULL_RTX)
- {
- int regno = REGNO (base);
-
- if (regno != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && regno != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
- {
- /* Check if the compiler has recorded some information
- about the alignment of the base REG. If reload has
- completed, we already matched with proper alignments.
- If not running global_alloc, reload might give us
- unaligned pointer to local stack though. */
- if (((cfun != 0
- && REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (regno) >= desired * BITS_PER_UNIT)
- || (optimize && reload_completed))
- && (INTVAL (offset) & (desired - 1)) == 0)
- return 1;
- }
- else
- {
- if (((INTVAL (offset) - SPARC_STACK_BIAS) & (desired - 1)) == 0)
- return 1;
- }
- }
- else if (! TARGET_UNALIGNED_DOUBLES
- || CONSTANT_P (addr)
- || GET_CODE (addr) == LO_SUM)
- {
- /* Anything else we know is properly aligned unless TARGET_UNALIGNED_DOUBLES
- is true, in which case we can only assume that an access is aligned if
- it is to a constant address, or the address involves a LO_SUM. */
- return 1;
- }
-
- /* An obviously unaligned address. */
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-/* Vectors to keep interesting information about registers where it can easily
- be got. We used to use the actual mode value as the bit number, but there
- are more than 32 modes now. Instead we use two tables: one indexed by
- hard register number, and one indexed by mode. */
-
-/* The purpose of sparc_mode_class is to shrink the range of modes so that
- they all fit (as bit numbers) in a 32 bit word (again). Each real mode is
- mapped into one sparc_mode_class mode. */
-
-enum sparc_mode_class {
- S_MODE, D_MODE, T_MODE, O_MODE,
- SF_MODE, DF_MODE, TF_MODE, OF_MODE,
- CC_MODE, CCFP_MODE
-};
-
-/* Modes for single-word and smaller quantities. */
-#define S_MODES ((1 << (int) S_MODE) | (1 << (int) SF_MODE))
-
-/* Modes for double-word and smaller quantities. */
-#define D_MODES (S_MODES | (1 << (int) D_MODE) | (1 << DF_MODE))
-
-/* Modes for quad-word and smaller quantities. */
-#define T_MODES (D_MODES | (1 << (int) T_MODE) | (1 << (int) TF_MODE))
-
-/* Modes for 8-word and smaller quantities. */
-#define O_MODES (T_MODES | (1 << (int) O_MODE) | (1 << (int) OF_MODE))
-
-/* Modes for single-float quantities. We must allow any single word or
- smaller quantity. This is because the fix/float conversion instructions
- take integer inputs/outputs from the float registers. */
-#define SF_MODES (S_MODES)
-
-/* Modes for double-float and smaller quantities. */
-#define DF_MODES (S_MODES | D_MODES)
-
-/* Modes for double-float only quantities. */
-#define DF_MODES_NO_S ((1 << (int) D_MODE) | (1 << (int) DF_MODE))
-
-/* Modes for quad-float only quantities. */
-#define TF_ONLY_MODES (1 << (int) TF_MODE)
-
-/* Modes for quad-float and smaller quantities. */
-#define TF_MODES (DF_MODES | TF_ONLY_MODES)
-
-/* Modes for quad-float and double-float quantities. */
-#define TF_MODES_NO_S (DF_MODES_NO_S | TF_ONLY_MODES)
-
-/* Modes for quad-float pair only quantities. */
-#define OF_ONLY_MODES (1 << (int) OF_MODE)
-
-/* Modes for quad-float pairs and smaller quantities. */
-#define OF_MODES (TF_MODES | OF_ONLY_MODES)
-
-#define OF_MODES_NO_S (TF_MODES_NO_S | OF_ONLY_MODES)
-
-/* Modes for condition codes. */
-#define CC_MODES (1 << (int) CC_MODE)
-#define CCFP_MODES (1 << (int) CCFP_MODE)
-
-/* Value is 1 if register/mode pair is acceptable on sparc.
- The funny mixture of D and T modes is because integer operations
- do not specially operate on tetra quantities, so non-quad-aligned
- registers can hold quadword quantities (except %o4 and %i4 because
- they cross fixed registers). */
-
-/* This points to either the 32 bit or the 64 bit version. */
-const int *hard_regno_mode_classes;
-
-static const int hard_32bit_mode_classes[] = {
- S_MODES, S_MODES, T_MODES, S_MODES, T_MODES, S_MODES, D_MODES, S_MODES,
- T_MODES, S_MODES, T_MODES, S_MODES, D_MODES, S_MODES, D_MODES, S_MODES,
- T_MODES, S_MODES, T_MODES, S_MODES, T_MODES, S_MODES, D_MODES, S_MODES,
- T_MODES, S_MODES, T_MODES, S_MODES, D_MODES, S_MODES, D_MODES, S_MODES,
-
- OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES, OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES,
- OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES, OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES,
- OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES, OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES,
- OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES, TF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES,
-
- /* FP regs f32 to f63. Only the even numbered registers actually exist,
- and none can hold SFmode/SImode values. */
- OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0, OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0,
- OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0, OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0,
- OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0, OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0,
- OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0, TF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0,
-
- /* %fcc[0123] */
- CCFP_MODES, CCFP_MODES, CCFP_MODES, CCFP_MODES,
-
- /* %icc */
- CC_MODES
-};
-
-static const int hard_64bit_mode_classes[] = {
- D_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES,
- O_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES,
- T_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES,
- O_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES,
-
- OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES, OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES,
- OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES, OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES,
- OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES, OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES,
- OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES, TF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES,
-
- /* FP regs f32 to f63. Only the even numbered registers actually exist,
- and none can hold SFmode/SImode values. */
- OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0, OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0,
- OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0, OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0,
- OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0, OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0,
- OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0, TF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0,
-
- /* %fcc[0123] */
- CCFP_MODES, CCFP_MODES, CCFP_MODES, CCFP_MODES,
-
- /* %icc */
- CC_MODES
-};
-
-int sparc_mode_class [NUM_MACHINE_MODES];
-
-enum reg_class sparc_regno_reg_class[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
-
-static void
-sparc_init_modes (void)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < NUM_MACHINE_MODES; i++)
- {
- switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (i))
- {
- case MODE_INT:
- case MODE_PARTIAL_INT:
- case MODE_COMPLEX_INT:
- if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) <= 4)
- sparc_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) S_MODE;
- else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) == 8)
- sparc_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) D_MODE;
- else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) == 16)
- sparc_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) T_MODE;
- else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) == 32)
- sparc_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) O_MODE;
- else
- sparc_mode_class[i] = 0;
- break;
- case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
- if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) <= 4)
- sparc_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int)SF_MODE;
- else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) == 8)
- sparc_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int)DF_MODE;
- break;
- case MODE_FLOAT:
- case MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT:
- if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) <= 4)
- sparc_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) SF_MODE;
- else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) == 8)
- sparc_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) DF_MODE;
- else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) == 16)
- sparc_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) TF_MODE;
- else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) == 32)
- sparc_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) OF_MODE;
- else
- sparc_mode_class[i] = 0;
- break;
- case MODE_CC:
- if (i == (int) CCFPmode || i == (int) CCFPEmode)
- sparc_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) CCFP_MODE;
- else
- sparc_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) CC_MODE;
- break;
- default:
- sparc_mode_class[i] = 0;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (TARGET_ARCH64)
- hard_regno_mode_classes = hard_64bit_mode_classes;
- else
- hard_regno_mode_classes = hard_32bit_mode_classes;
-
- /* Initialize the array used by REGNO_REG_CLASS. */
- for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
- {
- if (i < 16 && TARGET_V8PLUS)
- sparc_regno_reg_class[i] = I64_REGS;
- else if (i < 32 || i == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
- sparc_regno_reg_class[i] = GENERAL_REGS;
- else if (i < 64)
- sparc_regno_reg_class[i] = FP_REGS;
- else if (i < 96)
- sparc_regno_reg_class[i] = EXTRA_FP_REGS;
- else if (i < 100)
- sparc_regno_reg_class[i] = FPCC_REGS;
- else
- sparc_regno_reg_class[i] = NO_REGS;
- }
-}
-
-/* Compute the frame size required by the function. This function is called
- during the reload pass and also by sparc_expand_prologue. */
-
-HOST_WIDE_INT
-sparc_compute_frame_size (HOST_WIDE_INT size, int leaf_function_p)
-{
- int outgoing_args_size = (current_function_outgoing_args_size
- + REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (current_function_decl));
- int n_regs = 0; /* N_REGS is the number of 4-byte regs saved thus far. */
- int i;
-
- if (TARGET_ARCH64)
- {
- for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
- if (regs_ever_live[i] && ! call_used_regs[i])
- n_regs += 2;
- }
- else
- {
- for (i = 0; i < 8; i += 2)
- if ((regs_ever_live[i] && ! call_used_regs[i])
- || (regs_ever_live[i+1] && ! call_used_regs[i+1]))
- n_regs += 2;
- }
-
- for (i = 32; i < (TARGET_V9 ? 96 : 64); i += 2)
- if ((regs_ever_live[i] && ! call_used_regs[i])
- || (regs_ever_live[i+1] && ! call_used_regs[i+1]))
- n_regs += 2;
-
- /* Set up values for use in prologue and epilogue. */
- num_gfregs = n_regs;
-
- if (leaf_function_p
- && n_regs == 0
- && size == 0
- && current_function_outgoing_args_size == 0)
- actual_fsize = apparent_fsize = 0;
- else
- {
- /* We subtract STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET, remember it's negative. */
- apparent_fsize = (size - STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET + 7) & -8;
- apparent_fsize += n_regs * 4;
- actual_fsize = apparent_fsize + ((outgoing_args_size + 7) & -8);
- }
-
- /* Make sure nothing can clobber our register windows.
- If a SAVE must be done, or there is a stack-local variable,
- the register window area must be allocated. */
- if (! leaf_function_p || size > 0)
- actual_fsize += FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
-
- return SPARC_STACK_ALIGN (actual_fsize);
-}
-
-/* Output any necessary .register pseudo-ops. */
-
-void
-sparc_output_scratch_registers (FILE *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
-#ifdef HAVE_AS_REGISTER_PSEUDO_OP
- int i;
-
- if (TARGET_ARCH32)
- return;
-
- /* Check if %g[2367] were used without
- .register being printed for them already. */
- for (i = 2; i < 8; i++)
- {
- if (regs_ever_live [i]
- && ! sparc_hard_reg_printed [i])
- {
- sparc_hard_reg_printed [i] = 1;
- /* %g7 is used as TLS base register, use #ignore
- for it instead of #scratch. */
- fprintf (file, "\t.register\t%%g%d, #%s\n", i,
- i == 7 ? "ignore" : "scratch");
- }
- if (i == 3) i = 5;
- }
-#endif
-}
-
-/* Save/restore call-saved registers from LOW to HIGH at BASE+OFFSET
- as needed. LOW should be double-word aligned for 32-bit registers.
- Return the new OFFSET. */
-
-#define SORR_SAVE 0
-#define SORR_RESTORE 1
-
-static int
-save_or_restore_regs (int low, int high, rtx base, int offset, int action)
-{
- rtx mem, insn;
- int i;
-
- if (TARGET_ARCH64 && high <= 32)
- {
- for (i = low; i < high; i++)
- {
- if (regs_ever_live[i] && ! call_used_regs[i])
- {
- mem = gen_rtx_MEM (DImode, plus_constant (base, offset));
- set_mem_alias_set (mem, sparc_sr_alias_set);
- if (action == SORR_SAVE)
- {
- insn = emit_move_insn (mem, gen_rtx_REG (DImode, i));
- RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
- }
- else /* action == SORR_RESTORE */
- emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (DImode, i), mem);
- offset += 8;
- }
- }
- }
- else
- {
- for (i = low; i < high; i += 2)
- {
- bool reg0 = regs_ever_live[i] && ! call_used_regs[i];
- bool reg1 = regs_ever_live[i+1] && ! call_used_regs[i+1];
- enum machine_mode mode;
- int regno;
-
- if (reg0 && reg1)
- {
- mode = i < 32 ? DImode : DFmode;
- regno = i;
- }
- else if (reg0)
- {
- mode = i < 32 ? SImode : SFmode;
- regno = i;
- }
- else if (reg1)
- {
- mode = i < 32 ? SImode : SFmode;
- regno = i + 1;
- offset += 4;
- }
- else
- continue;
-
- mem = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, plus_constant (base, offset));
- set_mem_alias_set (mem, sparc_sr_alias_set);
- if (action == SORR_SAVE)
- {
- insn = emit_move_insn (mem, gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno));
- RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
- }
- else /* action == SORR_RESTORE */
- emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno), mem);
-
- /* Always preserve double-word alignment. */
- offset = (offset + 7) & -8;
- }
- }
-
- return offset;
-}
-
-/* Emit code to save call-saved registers. */
-
-static void
-emit_save_or_restore_regs (int action)
-{
- HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
- rtx base;
-
- offset = frame_base_offset - apparent_fsize;
-
- if (offset < -4096 || offset + num_gfregs * 4 > 4095)
- {
- /* ??? This might be optimized a little as %g1 might already have a
- value close enough that a single add insn will do. */
- /* ??? Although, all of this is probably only a temporary fix
- because if %g1 can hold a function result, then
- sparc_expand_epilogue will lose (the result will be
- clobbered). */
- base = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 1);
- emit_move_insn (base, GEN_INT (offset));
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- base,
- gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, frame_base_reg, base)));
- offset = 0;
- }
- else
- base = frame_base_reg;
-
- offset = save_or_restore_regs (0, 8, base, offset, action);
- save_or_restore_regs (32, TARGET_V9 ? 96 : 64, base, offset, action);
-}
-
-/* Generate a save_register_window insn. */
-
-static rtx
-gen_save_register_window (rtx increment)
-{
- if (TARGET_ARCH64)
- return gen_save_register_windowdi (increment);
- else
- return gen_save_register_windowsi (increment);
-}
-
-/* Generate an increment for the stack pointer. */
-
-static rtx
-gen_stack_pointer_inc (rtx increment)
-{
- return gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- stack_pointer_rtx,
- gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode,
- stack_pointer_rtx,
- increment));
-}
-
-/* Generate a decrement for the stack pointer. */
-
-static rtx
-gen_stack_pointer_dec (rtx decrement)
-{
- return gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- stack_pointer_rtx,
- gen_rtx_MINUS (Pmode,
- stack_pointer_rtx,
- decrement));
-}
-
-/* Expand the function prologue. The prologue is responsible for reserving
- storage for the frame, saving the call-saved registers and loading the
- PIC register if needed. */
-
-void
-sparc_expand_prologue (void)
-{
- rtx insn;
- int i;
-
- /* Compute a snapshot of current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs. Relying
- on the final value of the flag means deferring the prologue/epilogue
- expansion until just before the second scheduling pass, which is too
- late to emit multiple epilogues or return insns.
-
- Of course we are making the assumption that the value of the flag
- will not change between now and its final value. Of the three parts
- of the formula, only the last one can reasonably vary. Let's take a
- closer look, after assuming that the first two ones are set to true
- (otherwise the last value is effectively silenced).
-
- If only_leaf_regs_used returns false, the global predicate will also
- be false so the actual frame size calculated below will be positive.
- As a consequence, the save_register_window insn will be emitted in
- the instruction stream; now this insn explicitly references %fp
- which is not a leaf register so only_leaf_regs_used will always
- return false subsequently.
-
- If only_leaf_regs_used returns true, we hope that the subsequent
- optimization passes won't cause non-leaf registers to pop up. For
- example, the regrename pass has special provisions to not rename to
- non-leaf registers in a leaf function. */
- sparc_leaf_function_p
- = optimize > 0 && leaf_function_p () && only_leaf_regs_used ();
-
- /* Need to use actual_fsize, since we are also allocating
- space for our callee (and our own register save area). */
- actual_fsize
- = sparc_compute_frame_size (get_frame_size(), sparc_leaf_function_p);
-
- /* Advertise that the data calculated just above are now valid. */
- sparc_prologue_data_valid_p = true;
-
- if (sparc_leaf_function_p)
- {
- frame_base_reg = stack_pointer_rtx;
- frame_base_offset = actual_fsize + SPARC_STACK_BIAS;
- }
- else
- {
- frame_base_reg = hard_frame_pointer_rtx;
- frame_base_offset = SPARC_STACK_BIAS;
- }
-
- if (actual_fsize == 0)
- /* do nothing. */ ;
- else if (sparc_leaf_function_p)
- {
- if (actual_fsize <= 4096)
- insn = emit_insn (gen_stack_pointer_inc (GEN_INT (-actual_fsize)));
- else if (actual_fsize <= 8192)
- {
- insn = emit_insn (gen_stack_pointer_inc (GEN_INT (-4096)));
- /* %sp is still the CFA register. */
- RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
- insn
- = emit_insn (gen_stack_pointer_inc (GEN_INT (4096-actual_fsize)));
- }
- else
- {
- rtx reg = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 1);
- emit_move_insn (reg, GEN_INT (-actual_fsize));
- insn = emit_insn (gen_stack_pointer_inc (reg));
- REG_NOTES (insn) =
- gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR,
- gen_stack_pointer_inc (GEN_INT (-actual_fsize)),
- REG_NOTES (insn));
- }
-
- RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
- }
- else
- {
- if (actual_fsize <= 4096)
- insn = emit_insn (gen_save_register_window (GEN_INT (-actual_fsize)));
- else if (actual_fsize <= 8192)
- {
- insn = emit_insn (gen_save_register_window (GEN_INT (-4096)));
- /* %sp is not the CFA register anymore. */
- emit_insn (gen_stack_pointer_inc (GEN_INT (4096-actual_fsize)));
- }
- else
- {
- rtx reg = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 1);
- emit_move_insn (reg, GEN_INT (-actual_fsize));
- insn = emit_insn (gen_save_register_window (reg));
- }
-
- RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
- for (i=0; i < XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0); i++)
- RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) = 1;
- }
-
- if (num_gfregs)
- emit_save_or_restore_regs (SORR_SAVE);
-
- /* Load the PIC register if needed. */
- if (flag_pic && current_function_uses_pic_offset_table)
- load_pic_register (false);
-}
-
-/* This function generates the assembly code for function entry, which boils
- down to emitting the necessary .register directives. */
-
-static void
-sparc_asm_function_prologue (FILE *file, HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
- /* Check that the assumption we made in sparc_expand_prologue is valid. */
- gcc_assert (sparc_leaf_function_p == current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs);
-
- sparc_output_scratch_registers (file);
-}
-
-/* Expand the function epilogue, either normal or part of a sibcall.
- We emit all the instructions except the return or the call. */
-
-void
-sparc_expand_epilogue (void)
-{
- if (num_gfregs)
- emit_save_or_restore_regs (SORR_RESTORE);
-
- if (actual_fsize == 0)
- /* do nothing. */ ;
- else if (sparc_leaf_function_p)
- {
- if (actual_fsize <= 4096)
- emit_insn (gen_stack_pointer_dec (GEN_INT (- actual_fsize)));
- else if (actual_fsize <= 8192)
- {
- emit_insn (gen_stack_pointer_dec (GEN_INT (-4096)));
- emit_insn (gen_stack_pointer_dec (GEN_INT (4096 - actual_fsize)));
- }
- else
- {
- rtx reg = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 1);
- emit_move_insn (reg, GEN_INT (-actual_fsize));
- emit_insn (gen_stack_pointer_dec (reg));
- }
- }
-}
-
-/* Return true if it is appropriate to emit `return' instructions in the
- body of a function. */
-
-bool
-sparc_can_use_return_insn_p (void)
-{
- return sparc_prologue_data_valid_p
- && (actual_fsize == 0 || !sparc_leaf_function_p);
-}
-
-/* This function generates the assembly code for function exit. */
-
-static void
-sparc_asm_function_epilogue (FILE *file, HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
- /* If code does not drop into the epilogue, we have to still output
- a dummy nop for the sake of sane backtraces. Otherwise, if the
- last two instructions of a function were "call foo; dslot;" this
- can make the return PC of foo (i.e. address of call instruction
- plus 8) point to the first instruction in the next function. */
-
- rtx insn, last_real_insn;
-
- insn = get_last_insn ();
-
- last_real_insn = prev_real_insn (insn);
- if (last_real_insn
- && GET_CODE (last_real_insn) == INSN
- && GET_CODE (PATTERN (last_real_insn)) == SEQUENCE)
- last_real_insn = XVECEXP (PATTERN (last_real_insn), 0, 0);
-
- if (last_real_insn && GET_CODE (last_real_insn) == CALL_INSN)
- fputs("\tnop\n", file);
-
- sparc_output_deferred_case_vectors ();
-}
-
-/* Output a 'restore' instruction. */
-
-static void
-output_restore (rtx pat)
-{
- rtx operands[3];
-
- if (! pat)
- {
- fputs ("\t restore\n", asm_out_file);
- return;
- }
-
- gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat) == SET);
-
- operands[0] = SET_DEST (pat);
- pat = SET_SRC (pat);
-
- switch (GET_CODE (pat))
- {
- case PLUS:
- operands[1] = XEXP (pat, 0);
- operands[2] = XEXP (pat, 1);
- output_asm_insn (" restore %r1, %2, %Y0", operands);
- break;
- case LO_SUM:
- operands[1] = XEXP (pat, 0);
- operands[2] = XEXP (pat, 1);
- output_asm_insn (" restore %r1, %%lo(%a2), %Y0", operands);
- break;
- case ASHIFT:
- operands[1] = XEXP (pat, 0);
- gcc_assert (XEXP (pat, 1) == const1_rtx);
- output_asm_insn (" restore %r1, %r1, %Y0", operands);
- break;
- default:
- operands[1] = pat;
- output_asm_insn (" restore %%g0, %1, %Y0", operands);
- break;
- }
-}
-
-/* Output a return. */
-
-const char *
-output_return (rtx insn)
-{
- if (sparc_leaf_function_p)
- {
- /* This is a leaf function so we don't have to bother restoring the
- register window, which frees us from dealing with the convoluted
- semantics of restore/return. We simply output the jump to the
- return address and the insn in the delay slot (if any). */
-
- gcc_assert (! current_function_calls_eh_return);
-
- return "jmp\t%%o7+%)%#";
- }
- else
- {
- /* This is a regular function so we have to restore the register window.
- We may have a pending insn for the delay slot, which will be either
- combined with the 'restore' instruction or put in the delay slot of
- the 'return' instruction. */
-
- if (current_function_calls_eh_return)
- {
- /* If the function uses __builtin_eh_return, the eh_return
- machinery occupies the delay slot. */
- gcc_assert (! final_sequence);
-
- if (! flag_delayed_branch)
- fputs ("\tadd\t%fp, %g1, %fp\n", asm_out_file);
-
- if (TARGET_V9)
- fputs ("\treturn\t%i7+8\n", asm_out_file);
- else
- fputs ("\trestore\n\tjmp\t%o7+8\n", asm_out_file);
-
- if (flag_delayed_branch)
- fputs ("\t add\t%sp, %g1, %sp\n", asm_out_file);
- else
- fputs ("\t nop\n", asm_out_file);
- }
- else if (final_sequence)
- {
- rtx delay, pat;
-
- delay = NEXT_INSN (insn);
- gcc_assert (delay);
-
- pat = PATTERN (delay);
-
- if (TARGET_V9 && ! epilogue_renumber (&pat, 1))
- {
- epilogue_renumber (&pat, 0);
- return "return\t%%i7+%)%#";
- }
- else
- {
- output_asm_insn ("jmp\t%%i7+%)", NULL);
- output_restore (pat);
- PATTERN (delay) = gen_blockage ();
- INSN_CODE (delay) = -1;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- /* The delay slot is empty. */
- if (TARGET_V9)
- return "return\t%%i7+%)\n\t nop";
- else if (flag_delayed_branch)
- return "jmp\t%%i7+%)\n\t restore";
- else
- return "restore\n\tjmp\t%%o7+%)\n\t nop";
- }
- }
-
- return "";
-}
-
-/* Output a sibling call. */
-
-const char *
-output_sibcall (rtx insn, rtx call_operand)
-{
- rtx operands[1];
-
- gcc_assert (flag_delayed_branch);
-
- operands[0] = call_operand;
-
- if (sparc_leaf_function_p)
- {
- /* This is a leaf function so we don't have to bother restoring the
- register window. We simply output the jump to the function and
- the insn in the delay slot (if any). */
-
- gcc_assert (!(LEAF_SIBCALL_SLOT_RESERVED_P && final_sequence));
-
- if (final_sequence)
- output_asm_insn ("sethi\t%%hi(%a0), %%g1\n\tjmp\t%%g1 + %%lo(%a0)%#",
- operands);
- else
- /* Use or with rs2 %%g0 instead of mov, so that as/ld can optimize
- it into branch if possible. */
- output_asm_insn ("or\t%%o7, %%g0, %%g1\n\tcall\t%a0, 0\n\t or\t%%g1, %%g0, %%o7",
- operands);
- }
- else
- {
- /* This is a regular function so we have to restore the register window.
- We may have a pending insn for the delay slot, which will be combined
- with the 'restore' instruction. */
-
- output_asm_insn ("call\t%a0, 0", operands);
-
- if (final_sequence)
- {
- rtx delay = NEXT_INSN (insn);
- gcc_assert (delay);
-
- output_restore (PATTERN (delay));
-
- PATTERN (delay) = gen_blockage ();
- INSN_CODE (delay) = -1;
- }
- else
- output_restore (NULL_RTX);
- }
-
- return "";
-}
-
-/* Functions for handling argument passing.
-
- For 32-bit, the first 6 args are normally in registers and the rest are
- pushed. Any arg that starts within the first 6 words is at least
- partially passed in a register unless its data type forbids.
-
- For 64-bit, the argument registers are laid out as an array of 16 elements
- and arguments are added sequentially. The first 6 int args and up to the
- first 16 fp args (depending on size) are passed in regs.
-
- Slot Stack Integral Float Float in structure Double Long Double
- ---- ----- -------- ----- ------------------ ------ -----------
- 15 [SP+248] %f31 %f30,%f31 %d30
- 14 [SP+240] %f29 %f28,%f29 %d28 %q28
- 13 [SP+232] %f27 %f26,%f27 %d26
- 12 [SP+224] %f25 %f24,%f25 %d24 %q24
- 11 [SP+216] %f23 %f22,%f23 %d22
- 10 [SP+208] %f21 %f20,%f21 %d20 %q20
- 9 [SP+200] %f19 %f18,%f19 %d18
- 8 [SP+192] %f17 %f16,%f17 %d16 %q16
- 7 [SP+184] %f15 %f14,%f15 %d14
- 6 [SP+176] %f13 %f12,%f13 %d12 %q12
- 5 [SP+168] %o5 %f11 %f10,%f11 %d10
- 4 [SP+160] %o4 %f9 %f8,%f9 %d8 %q8
- 3 [SP+152] %o3 %f7 %f6,%f7 %d6
- 2 [SP+144] %o2 %f5 %f4,%f5 %d4 %q4
- 1 [SP+136] %o1 %f3 %f2,%f3 %d2
- 0 [SP+128] %o0 %f1 %f0,%f1 %d0 %q0
-
- Here SP = %sp if -mno-stack-bias or %sp+stack_bias otherwise.
-
- Integral arguments are always passed as 64-bit quantities appropriately
- extended.
-
- Passing of floating point values is handled as follows.
- If a prototype is in scope:
- If the value is in a named argument (i.e. not a stdarg function or a
- value not part of the `...') then the value is passed in the appropriate
- fp reg.
- If the value is part of the `...' and is passed in one of the first 6
- slots then the value is passed in the appropriate int reg.
- If the value is part of the `...' and is not passed in one of the first 6
- slots then the value is passed in memory.
- If a prototype is not in scope:
- If the value is one of the first 6 arguments the value is passed in the
- appropriate integer reg and the appropriate fp reg.
- If the value is not one of the first 6 arguments the value is passed in
- the appropriate fp reg and in memory.
-
-
- Summary of the calling conventions implemented by GCC on SPARC:
-
- 32-bit ABI:
- size argument return value
-
- small integer <4 int. reg. int. reg.
- word 4 int. reg. int. reg.
- double word 8 int. reg. int. reg.
-
- _Complex small integer <8 int. reg. int. reg.
- _Complex word 8 int. reg. int. reg.
- _Complex double word 16 memory int. reg.
-
- vector integer <=8 int. reg. FP reg.
- vector integer >8 memory memory
-
- float 4 int. reg. FP reg.
- double 8 int. reg. FP reg.
- long double 16 memory memory
-
- _Complex float 8 memory FP reg.
- _Complex double 16 memory FP reg.
- _Complex long double 32 memory FP reg.
-
- vector float any memory memory
-
- aggregate any memory memory
-
-
-
- 64-bit ABI:
- size argument return value
-
- small integer <8 int. reg. int. reg.
- word 8 int. reg. int. reg.
- double word 16 int. reg. int. reg.
-
- _Complex small integer <16 int. reg. int. reg.
- _Complex word 16 int. reg. int. reg.
- _Complex double word 32 memory int. reg.
-
- vector integer <=16 FP reg. FP reg.
- vector integer 16<s<=32 memory FP reg.
- vector integer >32 memory memory
-
- float 4 FP reg. FP reg.
- double 8 FP reg. FP reg.
- long double 16 FP reg. FP reg.
-
- _Complex float 8 FP reg. FP reg.
- _Complex double 16 FP reg. FP reg.
- _Complex long double 32 memory FP reg.
-
- vector float <=16 FP reg. FP reg.
- vector float 16<s<=32 memory FP reg.
- vector float >32 memory memory
-
- aggregate <=16 reg. reg.
- aggregate 16<s<=32 memory reg.
- aggregate >32 memory memory
-
-
-
-Note #1: complex floating-point types follow the extended SPARC ABIs as
-implemented by the Sun compiler.
-
-Note #2: integral vector types follow the scalar floating-point types
-conventions to match what is implemented by the Sun VIS SDK.
-
-Note #3: floating-point vector types follow the aggregate types
-conventions. */
-
-
-/* Maximum number of int regs for args. */
-#define SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX 6
-/* Maximum number of fp regs for args. */
-#define SPARC_FP_ARG_MAX 16
-
-#define ROUND_ADVANCE(SIZE) (((SIZE) + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD)
-
-/* Handle the INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS macro.
- Initialize a variable CUM of type CUMULATIVE_ARGS
- for a call to a function whose data type is FNTYPE.
- For a library call, FNTYPE is 0. */
-
-void
-init_cumulative_args (struct sparc_args *cum, tree fntype,
- rtx libname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- tree fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
- cum->words = 0;
- cum->prototype_p = fntype && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (fntype);
- cum->libcall_p = fntype == 0;
-}
-
-/* Handle the TARGET_PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES target hook.
- When a prototype says `char' or `short', really pass an `int'. */
-
-static bool
-sparc_promote_prototypes (tree fntype ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
- return TARGET_ARCH32 ? true : false;
-}
-
-/* Handle the TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING target hook. */
-
-static bool
-sparc_strict_argument_naming (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *ca ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
- return TARGET_ARCH64 ? true : false;
-}
-
-/* Scan the record type TYPE and return the following predicates:
- - INTREGS_P: the record contains at least one field or sub-field
- that is eligible for promotion in integer registers.
- - FP_REGS_P: the record contains at least one field or sub-field
- that is eligible for promotion in floating-point registers.
- - PACKED_P: the record contains at least one field that is packed.
-
- Sub-fields are not taken into account for the PACKED_P predicate. */
-
-static void
-scan_record_type (tree type, int *intregs_p, int *fpregs_p, int *packed_p)
-{
- tree field;
-
- for (field = TYPE_FIELDS (type); field; field = TREE_CHAIN (field))
- {
- if (TREE_CODE (field) == FIELD_DECL)
- {
- if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == RECORD_TYPE)
- scan_record_type (TREE_TYPE (field), intregs_p, fpregs_p, 0);
- else if ((FLOAT_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (field))
- || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == VECTOR_TYPE)
- && TARGET_FPU)
- *fpregs_p = 1;
- else
- *intregs_p = 1;
-
- if (packed_p && DECL_PACKED (field))
- *packed_p = 1;
- }
- }
-}
-
-/* Compute the slot number to pass an argument in.
- Return the slot number or -1 if passing on the stack.
-
- CUM is a variable of type CUMULATIVE_ARGS which gives info about
- the preceding args and about the function being called.
- MODE is the argument's machine mode.
- TYPE is the data type of the argument (as a tree).
- This is null for libcalls where that information may
- not be available.
- NAMED is nonzero if this argument is a named parameter
- (otherwise it is an extra parameter matching an ellipsis).
- INCOMING_P is zero for FUNCTION_ARG, nonzero for FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG.
- *PREGNO records the register number to use if scalar type.
- *PPADDING records the amount of padding needed in words. */
-
-static int
-function_arg_slotno (const struct sparc_args *cum, enum machine_mode mode,
- tree type, int named, int incoming_p,
- int *pregno, int *ppadding)
-{
- int regbase = (incoming_p
- ? SPARC_INCOMING_INT_ARG_FIRST
- : SPARC_OUTGOING_INT_ARG_FIRST);
- int slotno = cum->words;
- enum mode_class mclass;
- int regno;
-
- *ppadding = 0;
-
- if (type && TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type))
- return -1;
-
- if (TARGET_ARCH32
- && mode == BLKmode
- && type
- && TYPE_ALIGN (type) % PARM_BOUNDARY != 0)
- return -1;
-
- /* For SPARC64, objects requiring 16-byte alignment get it. */
- if (TARGET_ARCH64
- && (type ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) >= 128
- && (slotno & 1) != 0)
- slotno++, *ppadding = 1;
-
- mclass = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode);
- if (type && TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
- {
- /* Vector types deserve special treatment because they are
- polymorphic wrt their mode, depending upon whether VIS
- instructions are enabled. */
- if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
- {
- /* The SPARC port defines no floating-point vector modes. */
- gcc_assert (mode == BLKmode);
- }
- else
- {
- /* Integral vector types should either have a vector
- mode or an integral mode, because we are guaranteed
- by pass_by_reference that their size is not greater
- than 16 bytes and TImode is 16-byte wide. */
- gcc_assert (mode != BLKmode);
-
- /* Vector integers are handled like floats according to
- the Sun VIS SDK. */
- mclass = MODE_FLOAT;
- }
- }
-
- switch (mclass)
- {
- case MODE_FLOAT:
- case MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT:
- if (TARGET_ARCH64 && TARGET_FPU && named)
- {
- if (slotno >= SPARC_FP_ARG_MAX)
- return -1;
- regno = SPARC_FP_ARG_FIRST + slotno * 2;
- /* Arguments filling only one single FP register are
- right-justified in the outer double FP register. */
- if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= 4)
- regno++;
- break;
- }
- /* fallthrough */
-
- case MODE_INT:
- case MODE_COMPLEX_INT:
- if (slotno >= SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX)
- return -1;
- regno = regbase + slotno;
- break;
-
- case MODE_RANDOM:
- if (mode == VOIDmode)
- /* MODE is VOIDmode when generating the actual call. */
- return -1;
-
- gcc_assert (mode == BLKmode);
-
- if (TARGET_ARCH32
- || !type
- || (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE
- && TREE_CODE (type) != RECORD_TYPE))
- {
- if (slotno >= SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX)
- return -1;
- regno = regbase + slotno;
- }
- else /* TARGET_ARCH64 && type */
- {
- int intregs_p = 0, fpregs_p = 0, packed_p = 0;
-
- /* First see what kinds of registers we would need. */
- if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
- fpregs_p = 1;
- else
- scan_record_type (type, &intregs_p, &fpregs_p, &packed_p);
-
- /* The ABI obviously doesn't specify how packed structures
- are passed. These are defined to be passed in int regs
- if possible, otherwise memory. */
- if (packed_p || !named)
- fpregs_p = 0, intregs_p = 1;
-
- /* If all arg slots are filled, then must pass on stack. */
- if (fpregs_p && slotno >= SPARC_FP_ARG_MAX)
- return -1;
-
- /* If there are only int args and all int arg slots are filled,
- then must pass on stack. */
- if (!fpregs_p && intregs_p && slotno >= SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX)
- return -1;
-
- /* Note that even if all int arg slots are filled, fp members may
- still be passed in regs if such regs are available.
- *PREGNO isn't set because there may be more than one, it's up
- to the caller to compute them. */
- return slotno;
- }
- break;
-
- default :
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
-
- *pregno = regno;
- return slotno;
-}
-
-/* Handle recursive register counting for structure field layout. */
-
-struct function_arg_record_value_parms
-{
- rtx ret; /* return expression being built. */
- int slotno; /* slot number of the argument. */
- int named; /* whether the argument is named. */
- int regbase; /* regno of the base register. */
- int stack; /* 1 if part of the argument is on the stack. */
- int intoffset; /* offset of the first pending integer field. */
- unsigned int nregs; /* number of words passed in registers. */
-};
-
-static void function_arg_record_value_3
- (HOST_WIDE_INT, struct function_arg_record_value_parms *);
-static void function_arg_record_value_2
- (tree, HOST_WIDE_INT, struct function_arg_record_value_parms *, bool);
-static void function_arg_record_value_1
- (tree, HOST_WIDE_INT, struct function_arg_record_value_parms *, bool);
-static rtx function_arg_record_value (tree, enum machine_mode, int, int, int);
-static rtx function_arg_union_value (int, enum machine_mode, int, int);
-
-/* A subroutine of function_arg_record_value. Traverse the structure
- recursively and determine how many registers will be required. */
-
-static void
-function_arg_record_value_1 (tree type, HOST_WIDE_INT startbitpos,
- struct function_arg_record_value_parms *parms,
- bool packed_p)
-{
- tree field;
-
- /* We need to compute how many registers are needed so we can
- allocate the PARALLEL but before we can do that we need to know
- whether there are any packed fields. The ABI obviously doesn't
- specify how structures are passed in this case, so they are
- defined to be passed in int regs if possible, otherwise memory,
- regardless of whether there are fp values present. */
-
- if (! packed_p)
- for (field = TYPE_FIELDS (type); field; field = TREE_CHAIN (field))
- {
- if (TREE_CODE (field) == FIELD_DECL && DECL_PACKED (field))
- {
- packed_p = true;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- /* Compute how many registers we need. */
- for (field = TYPE_FIELDS (type); field; field = TREE_CHAIN (field))
- {
- if (TREE_CODE (field) == FIELD_DECL)
- {
- HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos = startbitpos;
-
- if (DECL_SIZE (field) != 0)
- {
- if (integer_zerop (DECL_SIZE (field)))
- continue;
-
- if (host_integerp (bit_position (field), 1))
- bitpos += int_bit_position (field);
- }
-
- /* ??? FIXME: else assume zero offset. */
-
- if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == RECORD_TYPE)
- function_arg_record_value_1 (TREE_TYPE (field),
- bitpos,
- parms,
- packed_p);
- else if ((FLOAT_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (field))
- || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == VECTOR_TYPE)
- && TARGET_FPU
- && parms->named
- && ! packed_p)
- {
- if (parms->intoffset != -1)
- {
- unsigned int startbit, endbit;
- int intslots, this_slotno;
-
- startbit = parms->intoffset & -BITS_PER_WORD;
- endbit = (bitpos + BITS_PER_WORD - 1) & -BITS_PER_WORD;
-
- intslots = (endbit - startbit) / BITS_PER_WORD;
- this_slotno = parms->slotno + parms->intoffset
- / BITS_PER_WORD;
-
- if (intslots > 0 && intslots > SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX - this_slotno)
- {
- intslots = MAX (0, SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX - this_slotno);
- /* We need to pass this field on the stack. */
- parms->stack = 1;
- }
-
- parms->nregs += intslots;
- parms->intoffset = -1;
- }
-
- /* There's no need to check this_slotno < SPARC_FP_ARG MAX.
- If it wasn't true we wouldn't be here. */
- if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == VECTOR_TYPE
- && DECL_MODE (field) == BLKmode)
- parms->nregs += TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (TREE_TYPE (field));
- else if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == COMPLEX_TYPE)
- parms->nregs += 2;
- else
- parms->nregs += 1;
- }
- else
- {
- if (parms->intoffset == -1)
- parms->intoffset = bitpos;
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-/* A subroutine of function_arg_record_value. Assign the bits of the
- structure between parms->intoffset and bitpos to integer registers. */
-
-static void
-function_arg_record_value_3 (HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos,
- struct function_arg_record_value_parms *parms)
-{
- enum machine_mode mode;
- unsigned int regno;
- unsigned int startbit, endbit;
- int this_slotno, intslots, intoffset;
- rtx reg;
-
- if (parms->intoffset == -1)
- return;
-
- intoffset = parms->intoffset;
- parms->intoffset = -1;
-
- startbit = intoffset & -BITS_PER_WORD;
- endbit = (bitpos + BITS_PER_WORD - 1) & -BITS_PER_WORD;
- intslots = (endbit - startbit) / BITS_PER_WORD;
- this_slotno = parms->slotno + intoffset / BITS_PER_WORD;
-
- intslots = MIN (intslots, SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX - this_slotno);
- if (intslots <= 0)
- return;
-
- /* If this is the trailing part of a word, only load that much into
- the register. Otherwise load the whole register. Note that in
- the latter case we may pick up unwanted bits. It's not a problem
- at the moment but may wish to revisit. */
-
- if (intoffset % BITS_PER_WORD != 0)
- mode = smallest_mode_for_size (BITS_PER_WORD - intoffset % BITS_PER_WORD,
- MODE_INT);
- else
- mode = word_mode;
-
- intoffset /= BITS_PER_UNIT;
- do
- {
- regno = parms->regbase + this_slotno;
- reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno);
- XVECEXP (parms->ret, 0, parms->stack + parms->nregs)
- = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, reg, GEN_INT (intoffset));
-
- this_slotno += 1;
- intoffset = (intoffset | (UNITS_PER_WORD-1)) + 1;
- mode = word_mode;
- parms->nregs += 1;
- intslots -= 1;
- }
- while (intslots > 0);
-}
-
-/* A subroutine of function_arg_record_value. Traverse the structure
- recursively and assign bits to floating point registers. Track which
- bits in between need integer registers; invoke function_arg_record_value_3
- to make that happen. */
-
-static void
-function_arg_record_value_2 (tree type, HOST_WIDE_INT startbitpos,
- struct function_arg_record_value_parms *parms,
- bool packed_p)
-{
- tree field;
-
- if (! packed_p)
- for (field = TYPE_FIELDS (type); field; field = TREE_CHAIN (field))
- {
- if (TREE_CODE (field) == FIELD_DECL && DECL_PACKED (field))
- {
- packed_p = true;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- for (field = TYPE_FIELDS (type); field; field = TREE_CHAIN (field))
- {
- if (TREE_CODE (field) == FIELD_DECL)
- {
- HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos = startbitpos;
-
- if (DECL_SIZE (field) != 0)
- {
- if (integer_zerop (DECL_SIZE (field)))
- continue;
-
- if (host_integerp (bit_position (field), 1))
- bitpos += int_bit_position (field);
- }
-
- /* ??? FIXME: else assume zero offset. */
-
- if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == RECORD_TYPE)
- function_arg_record_value_2 (TREE_TYPE (field),
- bitpos,
- parms,
- packed_p);
- else if ((FLOAT_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (field))
- || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == VECTOR_TYPE)
- && TARGET_FPU
- && parms->named
- && ! packed_p)
- {
- int this_slotno = parms->slotno + bitpos / BITS_PER_WORD;
- int regno, nregs, pos;
- enum machine_mode mode = DECL_MODE (field);
- rtx reg;
-
- function_arg_record_value_3 (bitpos, parms);
-
- if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == VECTOR_TYPE
- && mode == BLKmode)
- {
- mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (field)));
- nregs = TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (TREE_TYPE (field));
- }
- else if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == COMPLEX_TYPE)
- {
- mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (field)));
- nregs = 2;
- }
- else
- nregs = 1;
-
- regno = SPARC_FP_ARG_FIRST + this_slotno * 2;
- if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= 4 && (bitpos & 32) != 0)
- regno++;
- reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno);
- pos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
- XVECEXP (parms->ret, 0, parms->stack + parms->nregs)
- = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, reg, GEN_INT (pos));
- parms->nregs += 1;
- while (--nregs > 0)
- {
- regno += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / 4;
- reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno);
- pos += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
- XVECEXP (parms->ret, 0, parms->stack + parms->nregs)
- = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, reg, GEN_INT (pos));
- parms->nregs += 1;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- if (parms->intoffset == -1)
- parms->intoffset = bitpos;
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-/* Used by function_arg and function_value to implement the complex
- conventions of the 64-bit ABI for passing and returning structures.
- Return an expression valid as a return value for the two macros
- FUNCTION_ARG and FUNCTION_VALUE.
-
- TYPE is the data type of the argument (as a tree).
- This is null for libcalls where that information may
- not be available.
- MODE is the argument's machine mode.
- SLOTNO is the index number of the argument's slot in the parameter array.
- NAMED is nonzero if this argument is a named parameter
- (otherwise it is an extra parameter matching an ellipsis).
- REGBASE is the regno of the base register for the parameter array. */
-
-static rtx
-function_arg_record_value (tree type, enum machine_mode mode,
- int slotno, int named, int regbase)
-{
- HOST_WIDE_INT typesize = int_size_in_bytes (type);
- struct function_arg_record_value_parms parms;
- unsigned int nregs;
-
- parms.ret = NULL_RTX;
- parms.slotno = slotno;
- parms.named = named;
- parms.regbase = regbase;
- parms.stack = 0;
-
- /* Compute how many registers we need. */
- parms.nregs = 0;
- parms.intoffset = 0;
- function_arg_record_value_1 (type, 0, &parms, false);
-
- /* Take into account pending integer fields. */
- if (parms.intoffset != -1)
- {
- unsigned int startbit, endbit;
- int intslots, this_slotno;
-
- startbit = parms.intoffset & -BITS_PER_WORD;
- endbit = (typesize*BITS_PER_UNIT + BITS_PER_WORD - 1) & -BITS_PER_WORD;
- intslots = (endbit - startbit) / BITS_PER_WORD;
- this_slotno = slotno + parms.intoffset / BITS_PER_WORD;
-
- if (intslots > 0 && intslots > SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX - this_slotno)
- {
- intslots = MAX (0, SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX - this_slotno);
- /* We need to pass this field on the stack. */
- parms.stack = 1;
- }
-
- parms.nregs += intslots;
- }
- nregs = parms.nregs;
-
- /* Allocate the vector and handle some annoying special cases. */
- if (nregs == 0)
- {
- /* ??? Empty structure has no value? Duh? */
- if (typesize <= 0)
- {
- /* Though there's nothing really to store, return a word register
- anyway so the rest of gcc doesn't go nuts. Returning a PARALLEL
- leads to breakage due to the fact that there are zero bytes to
- load. */
- return gen_rtx_REG (mode, regbase);
- }
- else
- {
- /* ??? C++ has structures with no fields, and yet a size. Give up
- for now and pass everything back in integer registers. */
- nregs = (typesize + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD;
- }
- if (nregs + slotno > SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX)
- nregs = SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX - slotno;
- }
- gcc_assert (nregs != 0);
-
- parms.ret = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (mode, rtvec_alloc (parms.stack + nregs));
-
- /* If at least one field must be passed on the stack, generate
- (parallel [(expr_list (nil) ...) ...]) so that all fields will
- also be passed on the stack. We can't do much better because the
- semantics of TARGET_ARG_PARTIAL_BYTES doesn't handle the case
- of structures for which the fields passed exclusively in registers
- are not at the beginning of the structure. */
- if (parms.stack)
- XVECEXP (parms.ret, 0, 0)
- = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, NULL_RTX, const0_rtx);
-
- /* Fill in the entries. */
- parms.nregs = 0;
- parms.intoffset = 0;
- function_arg_record_value_2 (type, 0, &parms, false);
- function_arg_record_value_3 (typesize * BITS_PER_UNIT, &parms);
-
- gcc_assert (parms.nregs == nregs);
-
- return parms.ret;
-}
-
-/* Used by function_arg and function_value to implement the conventions
- of the 64-bit ABI for passing and returning unions.
- Return an expression valid as a return value for the two macros
- FUNCTION_ARG and FUNCTION_VALUE.
-
- SIZE is the size in bytes of the union.
- MODE is the argument's machine mode.
- REGNO is the hard register the union will be passed in. */
-
-static rtx
-function_arg_union_value (int size, enum machine_mode mode, int slotno,
- int regno)
-{
- int nwords = ROUND_ADVANCE (size), i;
- rtx regs;
-
- /* See comment in previous function for empty structures. */
- if (nwords == 0)
- return gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno);
-
- if (slotno == SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX - 1)
- nwords = 1;
-
- regs = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (mode, rtvec_alloc (nwords));
-
- for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++)
- {
- /* Unions are passed left-justified. */
- XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)
- = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode,
- gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, regno),
- GEN_INT (UNITS_PER_WORD * i));
- regno++;
- }
-
- return regs;
-}
-
-/* Used by function_arg and function_value to implement the conventions
- for passing and returning large (BLKmode) vectors.
- Return an expression valid as a return value for the two macros
- FUNCTION_ARG and FUNCTION_VALUE.
-
- SIZE is the size in bytes of the vector.
- BASE_MODE is the argument's base machine mode.
- REGNO is the FP hard register the vector will be passed in. */
-
-static rtx
-function_arg_vector_value (int size, enum machine_mode base_mode, int regno)
-{
- unsigned short base_mode_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (base_mode);
- int nregs = size / base_mode_size, i;
- rtx regs;
-
- regs = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (BLKmode, rtvec_alloc (nregs));
-
- for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++)
- {
- XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)
- = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode,
- gen_rtx_REG (base_mode, regno),
- GEN_INT (base_mode_size * i));
- regno += base_mode_size / 4;
- }
-
- return regs;
-}
-
-/* Handle the FUNCTION_ARG macro.
- Determine where to put an argument to a function.
- Value is zero to push the argument on the stack,
- or a hard register in which to store the argument.
-
- CUM is a variable of type CUMULATIVE_ARGS which gives info about
- the preceding args and about the function being called.
- MODE is the argument's machine mode.
- TYPE is the data type of the argument (as a tree).
- This is null for libcalls where that information may
- not be available.
- NAMED is nonzero if this argument is a named parameter
- (otherwise it is an extra parameter matching an ellipsis).
- INCOMING_P is zero for FUNCTION_ARG, nonzero for FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG. */
-
-rtx
-function_arg (const struct sparc_args *cum, enum machine_mode mode,
- tree type, int named, int incoming_p)
-{
- int regbase = (incoming_p
- ? SPARC_INCOMING_INT_ARG_FIRST
- : SPARC_OUTGOING_INT_ARG_FIRST);
- int slotno, regno, padding;
- enum mode_class mclass = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode);
-
- slotno = function_arg_slotno (cum, mode, type, named, incoming_p,
- &regno, &padding);
- if (slotno == -1)
- return 0;
-
- /* Vector types deserve special treatment because they are polymorphic wrt
- their mode, depending upon whether VIS instructions are enabled. */
- if (type && TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
- {
- HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
- gcc_assert ((TARGET_ARCH32 && size <= 8)
- || (TARGET_ARCH64 && size <= 16));
-
- if (mode == BLKmode)
- return function_arg_vector_value (size,
- TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type)),
- SPARC_FP_ARG_FIRST + 2*slotno);
- else
- mclass = MODE_FLOAT;
- }
-
- if (TARGET_ARCH32)
- return gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno);
-
- /* Structures up to 16 bytes in size are passed in arg slots on the stack
- and are promoted to registers if possible. */
- if (type && TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE)
- {
- HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
- gcc_assert (size <= 16);
-
- return function_arg_record_value (type, mode, slotno, named, regbase);
- }
-
- /* Unions up to 16 bytes in size are passed in integer registers. */
- else if (type && TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE)
- {
- HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
- gcc_assert (size <= 16);
-
- return function_arg_union_value (size, mode, slotno, regno);
- }
-
- /* v9 fp args in reg slots beyond the int reg slots get passed in regs
- but also have the slot allocated for them.
- If no prototype is in scope fp values in register slots get passed
- in two places, either fp regs and int regs or fp regs and memory. */
- else if ((mclass == MODE_FLOAT || mclass == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT)
- && SPARC_FP_REG_P (regno))
- {
- rtx reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno);
- if (cum->prototype_p || cum->libcall_p)
- {
- /* "* 2" because fp reg numbers are recorded in 4 byte
- quantities. */
-#if 0
- /* ??? This will cause the value to be passed in the fp reg and
- in the stack. When a prototype exists we want to pass the
- value in the reg but reserve space on the stack. That's an
- optimization, and is deferred [for a bit]. */
- if ((regno - SPARC_FP_ARG_FIRST) >= SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX * 2)
- return gen_rtx_PARALLEL (mode,
- gen_rtvec (2,
- gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode,
- NULL_RTX, const0_rtx),
- gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode,
- reg, const0_rtx)));
- else
-#else
- /* ??? It seems that passing back a register even when past
- the area declared by REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE will allocate
- space appropriately, and will not copy the data onto the
- stack, exactly as we desire.
-
- This is due to locate_and_pad_parm being called in
- expand_call whenever reg_parm_stack_space > 0, which
- while beneficial to our example here, would seem to be
- in error from what had been intended. Ho hum... -- r~ */
-#endif
- return reg;
- }
- else
- {
- rtx v0, v1;
-
- if ((regno - SPARC_FP_ARG_FIRST) < SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX * 2)
- {
- int intreg;
-
- /* On incoming, we don't need to know that the value
- is passed in %f0 and %i0, and it confuses other parts
- causing needless spillage even on the simplest cases. */
- if (incoming_p)
- return reg;
-
- intreg = (SPARC_OUTGOING_INT_ARG_FIRST
- + (regno - SPARC_FP_ARG_FIRST) / 2);
-
- v0 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, reg, const0_rtx);
- v1 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, gen_rtx_REG (mode, intreg),
- const0_rtx);
- return gen_rtx_PARALLEL (mode, gen_rtvec (2, v0, v1));
- }
- else
- {
- v0 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, NULL_RTX, const0_rtx);
- v1 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, reg, const0_rtx);
- return gen_rtx_PARALLEL (mode, gen_rtvec (2, v0, v1));
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* All other aggregate types are passed in an integer register in a mode
- corresponding to the size of the type. */
- else if (type && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type))
- {
- HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
- gcc_assert (size <= 16);
-
- mode = mode_for_size (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, MODE_INT, 0);
- }
-
- return gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno);
-}
-
-/* For an arg passed partly in registers and partly in memory,
- this is the number of bytes of registers used.
- For args passed entirely in registers or entirely in memory, zero.
-
- Any arg that starts in the first 6 regs but won't entirely fit in them
- needs partial registers on v8. On v9, structures with integer
- values in arg slots 5,6 will be passed in %o5 and SP+176, and complex fp
- values that begin in the last fp reg [where "last fp reg" varies with the
- mode] will be split between that reg and memory. */
-
-static int
-sparc_arg_partial_bytes (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum, enum machine_mode mode,
- tree type, bool named)
-{
- int slotno, regno, padding;
-
- /* We pass 0 for incoming_p here, it doesn't matter. */
- slotno = function_arg_slotno (cum, mode, type, named, 0, &regno, &padding);
-
- if (slotno == -1)
- return 0;
-
- if (TARGET_ARCH32)
- {
- if ((slotno + (mode == BLKmode
- ? ROUND_ADVANCE (int_size_in_bytes (type))
- : ROUND_ADVANCE (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))))
- > SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX)
- return (SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX - slotno) * UNITS_PER_WORD;
- }
- else
- {
- /* We are guaranteed by pass_by_reference that the size of the
- argument is not greater than 16 bytes, so we only need to return
- one word if the argument is partially passed in registers. */
-
- if (type && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type))
- {
- int size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
-
- if (size > UNITS_PER_WORD
- && slotno == SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX - 1)
- return UNITS_PER_WORD;
- }
- else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_COMPLEX_INT
- || (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT
- && ! (TARGET_FPU && named)))
- {
- /* The complex types are passed as packed types. */
- if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > UNITS_PER_WORD
- && slotno == SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX - 1)
- return UNITS_PER_WORD;
- }
- else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT)
- {
- if ((slotno + GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD)
- > SPARC_FP_ARG_MAX)
- return UNITS_PER_WORD;
- }
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* Handle the TARGET_PASS_BY_REFERENCE target hook.
- Specify whether to pass the argument by reference. */
-
-static bool
-sparc_pass_by_reference (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- enum machine_mode mode, tree type,
- bool named ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
- if (TARGET_ARCH32)
- /* Original SPARC 32-bit ABI says that structures and unions,
- and quad-precision floats are passed by reference. For Pascal,
- also pass arrays by reference. All other base types are passed
- in registers.
-
- Extended ABI (as implemented by the Sun compiler) says that all
- complex floats are passed by reference. Pass complex integers
- in registers up to 8 bytes. More generally, enforce the 2-word
- cap for passing arguments in registers.
-
- Vector ABI (as implemented by the Sun VIS SDK) says that vector
- integers are passed like floats of the same size, that is in
- registers up to 8 bytes. Pass all vector floats by reference
- like structure and unions. */
- return ((type && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) || VECTOR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (type)))
- || mode == SCmode
- /* Catch CDImode, TFmode, DCmode and TCmode. */
- || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > 8
- || (type
- && TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE
- && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) int_size_in_bytes (type) > 8));
- else
- /* Original SPARC 64-bit ABI says that structures and unions
- smaller than 16 bytes are passed in registers, as well as
- all other base types.
-
- Extended ABI (as implemented by the Sun compiler) says that
- complex floats are passed in registers up to 16 bytes. Pass
- all complex integers in registers up to 16 bytes. More generally,
- enforce the 2-word cap for passing arguments in registers.
-
- Vector ABI (as implemented by the Sun VIS SDK) says that vector
- integers are passed like floats of the same size, that is in
- registers (up to 16 bytes). Pass all vector floats like structure
- and unions. */
- return ((type
- && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) || TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
- && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) int_size_in_bytes (type) > 16)
- /* Catch CTImode and TCmode. */
- || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > 16);
-}
-
-/* Handle the FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE macro.
- Update the data in CUM to advance over an argument
- of mode MODE and data type TYPE.
- TYPE is null for libcalls where that information may not be available. */
-
-void
-function_arg_advance (struct sparc_args *cum, enum machine_mode mode,
- tree type, int named)
-{
- int slotno, regno, padding;
-
- /* We pass 0 for incoming_p here, it doesn't matter. */
- slotno = function_arg_slotno (cum, mode, type, named, 0, &regno, &padding);
-
- /* If register required leading padding, add it. */
- if (slotno != -1)
- cum->words += padding;
-
- if (TARGET_ARCH32)
- {
- cum->words += (mode != BLKmode
- ? ROUND_ADVANCE (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))
- : ROUND_ADVANCE (int_size_in_bytes (type)));
- }
- else
- {
- if (type && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type))
- {
- int size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
-
- if (size <= 8)
- ++cum->words;
- else if (size <= 16)
- cum->words += 2;
- else /* passed by reference */
- ++cum->words;
- }
- else
- {
- cum->words += (mode != BLKmode
- ? ROUND_ADVANCE (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))
- : ROUND_ADVANCE (int_size_in_bytes (type)));
- }
- }
-}
-
-/* Handle the FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING macro.
- For the 64 bit ABI structs are always stored left shifted in their
- argument slot. */
-
-enum direction
-function_arg_padding (enum machine_mode mode, tree type)
-{
- if (TARGET_ARCH64 && type != 0 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type))
- return upward;
-
- /* Fall back to the default. */
- return DEFAULT_FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (mode, type);
-}
-
-/* Handle the TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY target hook.
- Specify whether to return the return value in memory. */
-
-static bool
-sparc_return_in_memory (tree type, tree fntype ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
- if (TARGET_ARCH32)
- /* Original SPARC 32-bit ABI says that structures and unions,
- and quad-precision floats are returned in memory. All other
- base types are returned in registers.
-
- Extended ABI (as implemented by the Sun compiler) says that
- all complex floats are returned in registers (8 FP registers
- at most for '_Complex long double'). Return all complex integers
- in registers (4 at most for '_Complex long long').
-
- Vector ABI (as implemented by the Sun VIS SDK) says that vector
- integers are returned like floats of the same size, that is in
- registers up to 8 bytes and in memory otherwise. Return all
- vector floats in memory like structure and unions; note that
- they always have BLKmode like the latter. */
- return (TYPE_MODE (type) == BLKmode
- || TYPE_MODE (type) == TFmode
- || (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE
- && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) int_size_in_bytes (type) > 8));
- else
- /* Original SPARC 64-bit ABI says that structures and unions
- smaller than 32 bytes are returned in registers, as well as
- all other base types.
-
- Extended ABI (as implemented by the Sun compiler) says that all
- complex floats are returned in registers (8 FP registers at most
- for '_Complex long double'). Return all complex integers in
- registers (4 at most for '_Complex TItype').
-
- Vector ABI (as implemented by the Sun VIS SDK) says that vector
- integers are returned like floats of the same size, that is in
- registers. Return all vector floats like structure and unions;
- note that they always have BLKmode like the latter. */
- return ((TYPE_MODE (type) == BLKmode
- && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) int_size_in_bytes (type) > 32));
-}
-
-/* Handle the TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE target hook.
- Return where to find the structure return value address. */
-
-static rtx
-sparc_struct_value_rtx (tree fndecl, int incoming)
-{
- if (TARGET_ARCH64)
- return 0;
- else
- {
- rtx mem;
-
- if (incoming)
- mem = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, plus_constant (frame_pointer_rtx,
- STRUCT_VALUE_OFFSET));
- else
- mem = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx,
- STRUCT_VALUE_OFFSET));
-
- /* Only follow the SPARC ABI for fixed-size structure returns.
- Variable size structure returns are handled per the normal
- procedures in GCC. This is enabled by -mstd-struct-return */
- if (incoming == 2
- && sparc_std_struct_return
- && TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (fndecl))
- && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (fndecl))) == INTEGER_CST)
- {
- /* We must check and adjust the return address, as it is
- optional as to whether the return object is really
- provided. */
- rtx ret_rtx = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 31);
- rtx scratch = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
- rtx endlab = gen_label_rtx ();
-
- /* Calculate the return object size */
- tree size = TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (fndecl));
- rtx size_rtx = GEN_INT (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (size) & 0xfff);
- /* Construct a temporary return value */
- rtx temp_val = assign_stack_local (Pmode, TREE_INT_CST_LOW (size), 0);
-
- /* Implement SPARC 32-bit psABI callee returns struck checking
- requirements:
-
- Fetch the instruction where we will return to and see if
- it's an unimp instruction (the most significant 10 bits
- will be zero). */
- emit_move_insn (scratch, gen_rtx_MEM (SImode,
- plus_constant (ret_rtx, 8)));
- /* Assume the size is valid and pre-adjust */
- emit_insn (gen_add3_insn (ret_rtx, ret_rtx, GEN_INT (4)));
- emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (scratch, size_rtx, EQ, const0_rtx, SImode, 0, endlab);
- emit_insn (gen_sub3_insn (ret_rtx, ret_rtx, GEN_INT (4)));
- /* Assign stack temp:
- Write the address of the memory pointed to by temp_val into
- the memory pointed to by mem */
- emit_move_insn (mem, XEXP (temp_val, 0));
- emit_label (endlab);
- }
-
- set_mem_alias_set (mem, struct_value_alias_set);
- return mem;
- }
-}
-
-/* Handle FUNCTION_VALUE, FUNCTION_OUTGOING_VALUE, and LIBCALL_VALUE macros.
- For v9, function return values are subject to the same rules as arguments,
- except that up to 32 bytes may be returned in registers. */
-
-rtx
-function_value (tree type, enum machine_mode mode, int incoming_p)
-{
- /* Beware that the two values are swapped here wrt function_arg. */
- int regbase = (incoming_p
- ? SPARC_OUTGOING_INT_ARG_FIRST
- : SPARC_INCOMING_INT_ARG_FIRST);
- enum mode_class mclass = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode);
- int regno;
-
- /* Vector types deserve special treatment because they are polymorphic wrt
- their mode, depending upon whether VIS instructions are enabled. */
- if (type && TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
- {
- HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
- gcc_assert ((TARGET_ARCH32 && size <= 8)
- || (TARGET_ARCH64 && size <= 32));
-
- if (mode == BLKmode)
- return function_arg_vector_value (size,
- TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type)),
- SPARC_FP_ARG_FIRST);
- else
- mclass = MODE_FLOAT;
- }
-
- if (TARGET_ARCH64 && type)
- {
- /* Structures up to 32 bytes in size are returned in registers. */
- if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE)
- {
- HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
- gcc_assert (size <= 32);
-
- return function_arg_record_value (type, mode, 0, 1, regbase);
- }
-
- /* Unions up to 32 bytes in size are returned in integer registers. */
- else if (TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE)
- {
- HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
- gcc_assert (size <= 32);
-
- return function_arg_union_value (size, mode, 0, regbase);
- }
-
- /* Objects that require it are returned in FP registers. */
- else if (mclass == MODE_FLOAT || mclass == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT)
- ;
-
- /* All other aggregate types are returned in an integer register in a
- mode corresponding to the size of the type. */
- else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type))
- {
- /* All other aggregate types are passed in an integer register
- in a mode corresponding to the size of the type. */
- HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
- gcc_assert (size <= 32);
-
- mode = mode_for_size (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, MODE_INT, 0);
-
- /* ??? We probably should have made the same ABI change in
- 3.4.0 as the one we made for unions. The latter was
- required by the SCD though, while the former is not
- specified, so we favored compatibility and efficiency.
-
- Now we're stuck for aggregates larger than 16 bytes,
- because OImode vanished in the meantime. Let's not
- try to be unduly clever, and simply follow the ABI
- for unions in that case. */
- if (mode == BLKmode)
- return function_arg_union_value (size, mode, 0, regbase);
- else
- mclass = MODE_INT;
- }
-
- /* This must match PROMOTE_FUNCTION_MODE. */
- else if (mclass == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < UNITS_PER_WORD)
- mode = word_mode;
- }
-
- if ((mclass == MODE_FLOAT || mclass == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT) && TARGET_FPU)
- regno = SPARC_FP_ARG_FIRST;
- else
- regno = regbase;
-
- return gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno);
-}
-
-/* Do what is necessary for `va_start'. We look at the current function
- to determine if stdarg or varargs is used and return the address of
- the first unnamed parameter. */
-
-static rtx
-sparc_builtin_saveregs (void)
-{
- int first_reg = current_function_args_info.words;
- rtx address;
- int regno;
-
- for (regno = first_reg; regno < SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX; regno++)
- emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (word_mode,
- gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode,
- frame_pointer_rtx,
- GEN_INT (FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (0)
- + (UNITS_PER_WORD
- * regno)))),
- gen_rtx_REG (word_mode,
- SPARC_INCOMING_INT_ARG_FIRST + regno));
-
- address = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode,
- frame_pointer_rtx,
- GEN_INT (FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (0)
- + UNITS_PER_WORD * first_reg));
-
- return address;
-}
-
-/* Implement `va_start' for stdarg. */
-
-void
-sparc_va_start (tree valist, rtx nextarg)
-{
- nextarg = expand_builtin_saveregs ();
- std_expand_builtin_va_start (valist, nextarg);
-}
-
-/* Implement `va_arg' for stdarg. */
-
-static tree
-sparc_gimplify_va_arg (tree valist, tree type, tree *pre_p, tree *post_p)
-{
- HOST_WIDE_INT size, rsize, align;
- tree addr, incr;
- bool indirect;
- tree ptrtype = build_pointer_type (type);
-
- if (pass_by_reference (NULL, TYPE_MODE (type), type, false))
- {
- indirect = true;
- size = rsize = UNITS_PER_WORD;
- align = 0;
- }
- else
- {
- indirect = false;
- size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
- rsize = (size + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) & -UNITS_PER_WORD;
- align = 0;
-
- if (TARGET_ARCH64)
- {
- /* For SPARC64, objects requiring 16-byte alignment get it. */
- if (TYPE_ALIGN (type) >= 2 * (unsigned) BITS_PER_WORD)
- align = 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD;
-
- /* SPARC-V9 ABI states that structures up to 16 bytes in size
- are left-justified in their slots. */
- if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type))
- {
- if (size == 0)
- size = rsize = UNITS_PER_WORD;
- else
- size = rsize;
- }
- }
- }
-
- incr = valist;
- if (align)
- {
- incr = fold (build2 (PLUS_EXPR, ptr_type_node, incr,
- ssize_int (align - 1)));
- incr = fold (build2 (BIT_AND_EXPR, ptr_type_node, incr,
- ssize_int (-align)));
- }
-
- gimplify_expr (&incr, pre_p, post_p, is_gimple_val, fb_rvalue);
- addr = incr;
-
- if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN && size < rsize)
- addr = fold (build2 (PLUS_EXPR, ptr_type_node, incr,
- ssize_int (rsize - size)));
-
- if (indirect)
- {
- addr = fold_convert (build_pointer_type (ptrtype), addr);
- addr = build_va_arg_indirect_ref (addr);
- }
- /* If the address isn't aligned properly for the type,
- we may need to copy to a temporary.
- FIXME: This is inefficient. Usually we can do this
- in registers. */
- else if (align == 0
- && TYPE_ALIGN (type) > BITS_PER_WORD)
- {
- tree tmp = create_tmp_var (type, "va_arg_tmp");
- tree dest_addr = build_fold_addr_expr (tmp);
-
- tree copy = build_function_call_expr
- (implicit_built_in_decls[BUILT_IN_MEMCPY],
- tree_cons (NULL_TREE, dest_addr,
- tree_cons (NULL_TREE, addr,
- tree_cons (NULL_TREE, size_int (rsize),
- NULL_TREE))));
-
- gimplify_and_add (copy, pre_p);
- addr = dest_addr;
- }
- else
- addr = fold_convert (ptrtype, addr);
-
- incr = fold (build2 (PLUS_EXPR, ptr_type_node, incr, ssize_int (rsize)));
- incr = build2 (MODIFY_EXPR, ptr_type_node, valist, incr);
- gimplify_and_add (incr, post_p);
-
- return build_va_arg_indirect_ref (addr);
-}
-
-/* Implement the TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P target hook.
- Specify whether the vector mode is supported by the hardware. */
-
-static bool
-sparc_vector_mode_supported_p (enum machine_mode mode)
-{
- return TARGET_VIS && VECTOR_MODE_P (mode) ? true : false;
-}
-
-/* Return the string to output an unconditional branch to LABEL, which is
- the operand number of the label.
-
- DEST is the destination insn (i.e. the label), INSN is the source. */
-
-const char *
-output_ubranch (rtx dest, int label, rtx insn)
-{
- static char string[64];
- bool v9_form = false;
- char *p;
-
- if (TARGET_V9 && INSN_ADDRESSES_SET_P ())
- {
- int delta = (INSN_ADDRESSES (INSN_UID (dest))
- - INSN_ADDRESSES (INSN_UID (insn)));
- /* Leave some instructions for "slop". */
- if (delta >= -260000 && delta < 260000)
- v9_form = true;
- }
-
- if (v9_form)
- strcpy (string, "ba%*,pt\t%%xcc, ");
- else
- strcpy (string, "b%*\t");
-
- p = strchr (string, '\0');
- *p++ = '%';
- *p++ = 'l';
- *p++ = '0' + label;
- *p++ = '%';
- *p++ = '(';
- *p = '\0';
-
- return string;
-}
-
-/* Return the string to output a conditional branch to LABEL, which is
- the operand number of the label. OP is the conditional expression.
- XEXP (OP, 0) is assumed to be a condition code register (integer or
- floating point) and its mode specifies what kind of comparison we made.
-
- DEST is the destination insn (i.e. the label), INSN is the source.
-
- REVERSED is nonzero if we should reverse the sense of the comparison.
-
- ANNUL is nonzero if we should generate an annulling branch. */
-
-const char *
-output_cbranch (rtx op, rtx dest, int label, int reversed, int annul,
- rtx insn)
-{
- static char string[64];
- enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (op);
- rtx cc_reg = XEXP (op, 0);
- enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (cc_reg);
- const char *labelno, *branch;
- int spaces = 8, far;
- char *p;
-
- /* v9 branches are limited to +-1MB. If it is too far away,
- change
-
- bne,pt %xcc, .LC30
-
- to
-
- be,pn %xcc, .+12
- nop
- ba .LC30
-
- and
-
- fbne,a,pn %fcc2, .LC29
-
- to
-
- fbe,pt %fcc2, .+16
- nop
- ba .LC29 */
-
- far = TARGET_V9 && (get_attr_length (insn) >= 3);
- if (reversed ^ far)
- {
- /* Reversal of FP compares takes care -- an ordered compare
- becomes an unordered compare and vice versa. */
- if (mode == CCFPmode || mode == CCFPEmode)
- code = reverse_condition_maybe_unordered (code);
- else
- code = reverse_condition (code);
- }
-
- /* Start by writing the branch condition. */
- if (mode == CCFPmode || mode == CCFPEmode)
- {
- switch (code)
- {
- case NE:
- branch = "fbne";
- break;
- case EQ:
- branch = "fbe";
- break;
- case GE:
- branch = "fbge";
- break;
- case GT:
- branch = "fbg";
- break;
- case LE:
- branch = "fble";
- break;
- case LT:
- branch = "fbl";
- break;
- case UNORDERED:
- branch = "fbu";
- break;
- case ORDERED:
- branch = "fbo";
- break;
- case UNGT:
- branch = "fbug";
- break;
- case UNLT:
- branch = "fbul";
- break;
- case UNEQ:
- branch = "fbue";
- break;
- case UNGE:
- branch = "fbuge";
- break;
- case UNLE:
- branch = "fbule";
- break;
- case LTGT:
- branch = "fblg";
- break;
-
- default:
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
-
- /* ??? !v9: FP branches cannot be preceded by another floating point
- insn. Because there is currently no concept of pre-delay slots,
- we can fix this only by always emitting a nop before a floating
- point branch. */
-
- string[0] = '\0';
- if (! TARGET_V9)
- strcpy (string, "nop\n\t");
- strcat (string, branch);
- }
- else
- {
- switch (code)
- {
- case NE:
- branch = "bne";
- break;
- case EQ:
- branch = "be";
- break;
- case GE:
- if (mode == CC_NOOVmode || mode == CCX_NOOVmode)
- branch = "bpos";
- else
- branch = "bge";
- break;
- case GT:
- branch = "bg";
- break;
- case LE:
- branch = "ble";
- break;
- case LT:
- if (mode == CC_NOOVmode || mode == CCX_NOOVmode)
- branch = "bneg";
- else
- branch = "bl";
- break;
- case GEU:
- branch = "bgeu";
- break;
- case GTU:
- branch = "bgu";
- break;
- case LEU:
- branch = "bleu";
- break;
- case LTU:
- branch = "blu";
- break;
-
- default:
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
- strcpy (string, branch);
- }
- spaces -= strlen (branch);
- p = strchr (string, '\0');
-
- /* Now add the annulling, the label, and a possible noop. */
- if (annul && ! far)
- {
- strcpy (p, ",a");
- p += 2;
- spaces -= 2;
- }
-
- if (TARGET_V9)
- {
- rtx note;
- int v8 = 0;
-
- if (! far && insn && INSN_ADDRESSES_SET_P ())
- {
- int delta = (INSN_ADDRESSES (INSN_UID (dest))
- - INSN_ADDRESSES (INSN_UID (insn)));
- /* Leave some instructions for "slop". */
- if (delta < -260000 || delta >= 260000)
- v8 = 1;
- }
-
- if (mode == CCFPmode || mode == CCFPEmode)
- {
- static char v9_fcc_labelno[] = "%%fccX, ";
- /* Set the char indicating the number of the fcc reg to use. */
- v9_fcc_labelno[5] = REGNO (cc_reg) - SPARC_FIRST_V9_FCC_REG + '0';
- labelno = v9_fcc_labelno;
- if (v8)
- {
- gcc_assert (REGNO (cc_reg) == SPARC_FCC_REG);
- labelno = "";
- }
- }
- else if (mode == CCXmode || mode == CCX_NOOVmode)
- {
- labelno = "%%xcc, ";
- gcc_assert (! v8);
- }
- else
- {
- labelno = "%%icc, ";
- if (v8)
- labelno = "";
- }
-
- if (*labelno && insn && (note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_BR_PROB, NULL_RTX)))
- {
- strcpy (p,
- ((INTVAL (XEXP (note, 0)) >= REG_BR_PROB_BASE / 2) ^ far)
- ? ",pt" : ",pn");
- p += 3;
- spaces -= 3;
- }
- }
- else
- labelno = "";
-
- if (spaces > 0)
- *p++ = '\t';
- else
- *p++ = ' ';
- strcpy (p, labelno);
- p = strchr (p, '\0');
- if (far)
- {
- strcpy (p, ".+12\n\t nop\n\tb\t");
- /* Skip the next insn if requested or
- if we know that it will be a nop. */
- if (annul || ! final_sequence)
- p[3] = '6';
- p += 14;
- }
- *p++ = '%';
- *p++ = 'l';
- *p++ = label + '0';
- *p++ = '%';
- *p++ = '#';
- *p = '\0';
-
- return string;
-}
-
-/* Emit a library call comparison between floating point X and Y.
- COMPARISON is the rtl operator to compare with (EQ, NE, GT, etc.).
- TARGET_ARCH64 uses _Qp_* functions, which use pointers to TFmode
- values as arguments instead of the TFmode registers themselves,
- that's why we cannot call emit_float_lib_cmp. */
-void
-sparc_emit_float_lib_cmp (rtx x, rtx y, enum rtx_code comparison)
-{
- const char *qpfunc;
- rtx slot0, slot1, result, tem, tem2;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-
- switch (comparison)
- {
- case EQ:
- qpfunc = (TARGET_ARCH64) ? "_Qp_feq" : "_Q_feq";
- break;
-
- case NE:
- qpfunc = (TARGET_ARCH64) ? "_Qp_fne" : "_Q_fne";
- break;
-
- case GT:
- qpfunc = (TARGET_ARCH64) ? "_Qp_fgt" : "_Q_fgt";
- break;
-
- case GE:
- qpfunc = (TARGET_ARCH64) ? "_Qp_fge" : "_Q_fge";
- break;
-
- case LT:
- qpfunc = (TARGET_ARCH64) ? "_Qp_flt" : "_Q_flt";
- break;
-
- case LE:
- qpfunc = (TARGET_ARCH64) ? "_Qp_fle" : "_Q_fle";
- break;
-
- case ORDERED:
- case UNORDERED:
- case UNGT:
- case UNLT:
- case UNEQ:
- case UNGE:
- case UNLE:
- case LTGT:
- qpfunc = (TARGET_ARCH64) ? "_Qp_cmp" : "_Q_cmp";
- break;
-
- default:
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
-
- if (TARGET_ARCH64)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
- {
- slot0 = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE(TFmode), 0);
- emit_move_insn (slot0, x);
- }
- else
- slot0 = x;
-
- if (GET_CODE (y) != MEM)
- {
- slot1 = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE(TFmode), 0);
- emit_move_insn (slot1, y);
- }
- else
- slot1 = y;
-
- emit_library_call (gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, qpfunc), LCT_NORMAL,
- DImode, 2,
- XEXP (slot0, 0), Pmode,
- XEXP (slot1, 0), Pmode);
-
- mode = DImode;
- }
- else
- {
- emit_library_call (gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, qpfunc), LCT_NORMAL,
- SImode, 2,
- x, TFmode, y, TFmode);
-
- mode = SImode;
- }
-
-
- /* Immediately move the result of the libcall into a pseudo
- register so reload doesn't clobber the value if it needs
- the return register for a spill reg. */
- result = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
- emit_move_insn (result, hard_libcall_value (mode));
-
- switch (comparison)
- {
- default:
- emit_cmp_insn (result, const0_rtx, NE, NULL_RTX, mode, 0);
- break;
- case ORDERED:
- case UNORDERED:
- emit_cmp_insn (result, GEN_INT(3), comparison == UNORDERED ? EQ : NE,
- NULL_RTX, mode, 0);
- break;
- case UNGT:
- case UNGE:
- emit_cmp_insn (result, const1_rtx,
- comparison == UNGT ? GT : NE, NULL_RTX, mode, 0);
- break;
- case UNLE:
- emit_cmp_insn (result, const2_rtx, NE, NULL_RTX, mode, 0);
- break;
- case UNLT:
- tem = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
- if (TARGET_ARCH32)
- emit_insn (gen_andsi3 (tem, result, const1_rtx));
- else
- emit_insn (gen_anddi3 (tem, result, const1_rtx));
- emit_cmp_insn (tem, const0_rtx, NE, NULL_RTX, mode, 0);
- break;
- case UNEQ:
- case LTGT:
- tem = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
- if (TARGET_ARCH32)
- emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (tem, result, const1_rtx));
- else
- emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (tem, result, const1_rtx));
- tem2 = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
- if (TARGET_ARCH32)
- emit_insn (gen_andsi3 (tem2, tem, const2_rtx));
- else
- emit_insn (gen_anddi3 (tem2, tem, const2_rtx));
- emit_cmp_insn (tem2, const0_rtx, comparison == UNEQ ? EQ : NE,
- NULL_RTX, mode, 0);
- break;
- }
-}
-
-/* Generate an unsigned DImode to FP conversion. This is the same code
- optabs would emit if we didn't have TFmode patterns. */
-
-void
-sparc_emit_floatunsdi (rtx *operands, enum machine_mode mode)
-{
- rtx neglab, donelab, i0, i1, f0, in, out;
-
- out = operands[0];
- in = force_reg (DImode, operands[1]);
- neglab = gen_label_rtx ();
- donelab = gen_label_rtx ();
- i0 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
- i1 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
- f0 = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
-
- emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (in, const0_rtx, LT, const0_rtx, DImode, 0, neglab);
-
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, out, gen_rtx_FLOAT (mode, in)));
- emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (donelab));
- emit_barrier ();
-
- emit_label (neglab);
-
- emit_insn (gen_lshrdi3 (i0, in, const1_rtx));
- emit_insn (gen_anddi3 (i1, in, const1_rtx));
- emit_insn (gen_iordi3 (i0, i0, i1));
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, f0, gen_rtx_FLOAT (mode, i0)));
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, out, gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, f0, f0)));
-
- emit_label (donelab);
-}
-
-/* Generate an FP to unsigned DImode conversion. This is the same code
- optabs would emit if we didn't have TFmode patterns. */
-
-void
-sparc_emit_fixunsdi (rtx *operands, enum machine_mode mode)
-{
- rtx neglab, donelab, i0, i1, f0, in, out, limit;
-
- out = operands[0];
- in = force_reg (mode, operands[1]);
- neglab = gen_label_rtx ();
- donelab = gen_label_rtx ();
- i0 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
- i1 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
- limit = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
- f0 = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
-
- emit_move_insn (limit,
- CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (
- REAL_VALUE_ATOF ("9223372036854775808.0", mode), mode));
- emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (in, limit, GE, NULL_RTX, mode, 0, neglab);
-
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- out,
- gen_rtx_FIX (DImode, gen_rtx_FIX (mode, in))));
- emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (donelab));
- emit_barrier ();
-
- emit_label (neglab);
-
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, f0, gen_rtx_MINUS (mode, in, limit)));
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- i0,
- gen_rtx_FIX (DImode, gen_rtx_FIX (mode, f0))));
- emit_insn (gen_movdi (i1, const1_rtx));
- emit_insn (gen_ashldi3 (i1, i1, GEN_INT (63)));
- emit_insn (gen_xordi3 (out, i0, i1));
-
- emit_label (donelab);
-}
-
-/* Return the string to output a conditional branch to LABEL, testing
- register REG. LABEL is the operand number of the label; REG is the
- operand number of the reg. OP is the conditional expression. The mode
- of REG says what kind of comparison we made.
-
- DEST is the destination insn (i.e. the label), INSN is the source.
-
- REVERSED is nonzero if we should reverse the sense of the comparison.
-
- ANNUL is nonzero if we should generate an annulling branch. */
-
-const char *
-output_v9branch (rtx op, rtx dest, int reg, int label, int reversed,
- int annul, rtx insn)
-{
- static char string[64];
- enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (op);
- enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0));
- rtx note;
- int far;
- char *p;
-
- /* branch on register are limited to +-128KB. If it is too far away,
- change
-
- brnz,pt %g1, .LC30
-
- to
-
- brz,pn %g1, .+12
- nop
- ba,pt %xcc, .LC30
-
- and
-
- brgez,a,pn %o1, .LC29
-
- to
-
- brlz,pt %o1, .+16
- nop
- ba,pt %xcc, .LC29 */
-
- far = get_attr_length (insn) >= 3;
-
- /* If not floating-point or if EQ or NE, we can just reverse the code. */
- if (reversed ^ far)
- code = reverse_condition (code);
-
- /* Only 64 bit versions of these instructions exist. */
- gcc_assert (mode == DImode);
-
- /* Start by writing the branch condition. */
-
- switch (code)
- {
- case NE:
- strcpy (string, "brnz");
- break;
-
- case EQ:
- strcpy (string, "brz");
- break;
-
- case GE:
- strcpy (string, "brgez");
- break;
-
- case LT:
- strcpy (string, "brlz");
- break;
-
- case LE:
- strcpy (string, "brlez");
- break;
-
- case GT:
- strcpy (string, "brgz");
- break;
-
- default:
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
-
- p = strchr (string, '\0');
-
- /* Now add the annulling, reg, label, and nop. */
- if (annul && ! far)
- {
- strcpy (p, ",a");
- p += 2;
- }
-
- if (insn && (note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_BR_PROB, NULL_RTX)))
- {
- strcpy (p,
- ((INTVAL (XEXP (note, 0)) >= REG_BR_PROB_BASE / 2) ^ far)
- ? ",pt" : ",pn");
- p += 3;
- }
-
- *p = p < string + 8 ? '\t' : ' ';
- p++;
- *p++ = '%';
- *p++ = '0' + reg;
- *p++ = ',';
- *p++ = ' ';
- if (far)
- {
- int veryfar = 1, delta;
-
- if (INSN_ADDRESSES_SET_P ())
- {
- delta = (INSN_ADDRESSES (INSN_UID (dest))
- - INSN_ADDRESSES (INSN_UID (insn)));
- /* Leave some instructions for "slop". */
- if (delta >= -260000 && delta < 260000)
- veryfar = 0;
- }
-
- strcpy (p, ".+12\n\t nop\n\t");
- /* Skip the next insn if requested or
- if we know that it will be a nop. */
- if (annul || ! final_sequence)
- p[3] = '6';
- p += 12;
- if (veryfar)
- {
- strcpy (p, "b\t");
- p += 2;
- }
- else
- {
- strcpy (p, "ba,pt\t%%xcc, ");
- p += 13;
- }
- }
- *p++ = '%';
- *p++ = 'l';
- *p++ = '0' + label;
- *p++ = '%';
- *p++ = '#';
- *p = '\0';
-
- return string;
-}
-
-/* Return 1, if any of the registers of the instruction are %l[0-7] or %o[0-7].
- Such instructions cannot be used in the delay slot of return insn on v9.
- If TEST is 0, also rename all %i[0-7] registers to their %o[0-7] counterparts.
- */
-
-static int
-epilogue_renumber (register rtx *where, int test)
-{
- register const char *fmt;
- register int i;
- register enum rtx_code code;
-
- if (*where == 0)
- return 0;
-
- code = GET_CODE (*where);
-
- switch (code)
- {
- case REG:
- if (REGNO (*where) >= 8 && REGNO (*where) < 24) /* oX or lX */
- return 1;
- if (! test && REGNO (*where) >= 24 && REGNO (*where) < 32)
- *where = gen_rtx_REG (GET_MODE (*where), OUTGOING_REGNO (REGNO(*where)));
- case SCRATCH:
- case CC0:
- case PC:
- case CONST_INT:
- case CONST_DOUBLE:
- return 0;
-
- /* Do not replace the frame pointer with the stack pointer because
- it can cause the delayed instruction to load below the stack.
- This occurs when instructions like:
-
- (set (reg/i:SI 24 %i0)
- (mem/f:SI (plus:SI (reg/f:SI 30 %fp)
- (const_int -20 [0xffffffec])) 0))
-
- are in the return delayed slot. */
- case PLUS:
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (*where, 0)) == REG
- && REGNO (XEXP (*where, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
- && (GET_CODE (XEXP (*where, 1)) != CONST_INT
- || INTVAL (XEXP (*where, 1)) < SPARC_STACK_BIAS))
- return 1;
- break;
-
- case MEM:
- if (SPARC_STACK_BIAS
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (*where, 0)) == REG
- && REGNO (XEXP (*where, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
- return 1;
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
-
- for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
- {
- if (fmt[i] == 'E')
- {
- register int j;
- for (j = XVECLEN (*where, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
- if (epilogue_renumber (&(XVECEXP (*where, i, j)), test))
- return 1;
- }
- else if (fmt[i] == 'e'
- && epilogue_renumber (&(XEXP (*where, i)), test))
- return 1;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* Leaf functions and non-leaf functions have different needs. */
-
-static const int
-reg_leaf_alloc_order[] = REG_LEAF_ALLOC_ORDER;
-
-static const int
-reg_nonleaf_alloc_order[] = REG_ALLOC_ORDER;
-
-static const int *const reg_alloc_orders[] = {
- reg_leaf_alloc_order,
- reg_nonleaf_alloc_order};
-
-void
-order_regs_for_local_alloc (void)
-{
- static int last_order_nonleaf = 1;
-
- if (regs_ever_live[15] != last_order_nonleaf)
- {
- last_order_nonleaf = !last_order_nonleaf;
- memcpy ((char *) reg_alloc_order,
- (const char *) reg_alloc_orders[last_order_nonleaf],
- FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER * sizeof (int));
- }
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if REG and MEM are legitimate enough to allow the various
- mem<-->reg splits to be run. */
-
-int
-sparc_splitdi_legitimate (rtx reg, rtx mem)
-{
- /* Punt if we are here by mistake. */
- gcc_assert (reload_completed);
-
- /* We must have an offsettable memory reference. */
- if (! offsettable_memref_p (mem))
- return 0;
-
- /* If we have legitimate args for ldd/std, we do not want
- the split to happen. */
- if ((REGNO (reg) % 2) == 0
- && mem_min_alignment (mem, 8))
- return 0;
-
- /* Success. */
- return 1;
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if x and y are some kind of REG and they refer to
- different hard registers. This test is guaranteed to be
- run after reload. */
-
-int
-sparc_absnegfloat_split_legitimate (rtx x, rtx y)
-{
- if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
- return 0;
- if (GET_CODE (y) != REG)
- return 0;
- if (REGNO (x) == REGNO (y))
- return 0;
- return 1;
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if REGNO (reg1) is even and REGNO (reg1) == REGNO (reg2) - 1.
- This makes them candidates for using ldd and std insns.
-
- Note reg1 and reg2 *must* be hard registers. */
-
-int
-registers_ok_for_ldd_peep (rtx reg1, rtx reg2)
-{
- /* We might have been passed a SUBREG. */
- if (GET_CODE (reg1) != REG || GET_CODE (reg2) != REG)
- return 0;
-
- if (REGNO (reg1) % 2 != 0)
- return 0;
-
- /* Integer ldd is deprecated in SPARC V9 */
- if (TARGET_V9 && REGNO (reg1) < 32)
- return 0;
-
- return (REGNO (reg1) == REGNO (reg2) - 1);
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if the addresses in mem1 and mem2 are suitable for use in
- an ldd or std insn.
-
- This can only happen when addr1 and addr2, the addresses in mem1
- and mem2, are consecutive memory locations (addr1 + 4 == addr2).
- addr1 must also be aligned on a 64-bit boundary.
-
- Also iff dependent_reg_rtx is not null it should not be used to
- compute the address for mem1, i.e. we cannot optimize a sequence
- like:
- ld [%o0], %o0
- ld [%o0 + 4], %o1
- to
- ldd [%o0], %o0
- nor:
- ld [%g3 + 4], %g3
- ld [%g3], %g2
- to
- ldd [%g3], %g2
-
- But, note that the transformation from:
- ld [%g2 + 4], %g3
- ld [%g2], %g2
- to
- ldd [%g2], %g2
- is perfectly fine. Thus, the peephole2 patterns always pass us
- the destination register of the first load, never the second one.
-
- For stores we don't have a similar problem, so dependent_reg_rtx is
- NULL_RTX. */
-
-int
-mems_ok_for_ldd_peep (rtx mem1, rtx mem2, rtx dependent_reg_rtx)
-{
- rtx addr1, addr2;
- unsigned int reg1;
- HOST_WIDE_INT offset1;
-
- /* The mems cannot be volatile. */
- if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (mem1) || MEM_VOLATILE_P (mem2))
- return 0;
-
- /* MEM1 should be aligned on a 64-bit boundary. */
- if (MEM_ALIGN (mem1) < 64)
- return 0;
-
- addr1 = XEXP (mem1, 0);
- addr2 = XEXP (mem2, 0);
-
- /* Extract a register number and offset (if used) from the first addr. */
- if (GET_CODE (addr1) == PLUS)
- {
- /* If not a REG, return zero. */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (addr1, 0)) != REG)
- return 0;
- else
- {
- reg1 = REGNO (XEXP (addr1, 0));
- /* The offset must be constant! */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (addr1, 1)) != CONST_INT)
- return 0;
- offset1 = INTVAL (XEXP (addr1, 1));
- }
- }
- else if (GET_CODE (addr1) != REG)
- return 0;
- else
- {
- reg1 = REGNO (addr1);
- /* This was a simple (mem (reg)) expression. Offset is 0. */
- offset1 = 0;
- }
-
- /* Make sure the second address is a (mem (plus (reg) (const_int). */
- if (GET_CODE (addr2) != PLUS)
- return 0;
-
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (addr2, 0)) != REG
- || GET_CODE (XEXP (addr2, 1)) != CONST_INT)
- return 0;
-
- if (reg1 != REGNO (XEXP (addr2, 0)))
- return 0;
-
- if (dependent_reg_rtx != NULL_RTX && reg1 == REGNO (dependent_reg_rtx))
- return 0;
-
- /* The first offset must be evenly divisible by 8 to ensure the
- address is 64 bit aligned. */
- if (offset1 % 8 != 0)
- return 0;
-
- /* The offset for the second addr must be 4 more than the first addr. */
- if (INTVAL (XEXP (addr2, 1)) != offset1 + 4)
- return 0;
-
- /* All the tests passed. addr1 and addr2 are valid for ldd and std
- instructions. */
- return 1;
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if reg is a pseudo, or is the first register in
- a hard register pair. This makes it a candidate for use in
- ldd and std insns. */
-
-int
-register_ok_for_ldd (rtx reg)
-{
- /* We might have been passed a SUBREG. */
- if (GET_CODE (reg) != REG)
- return 0;
-
- if (REGNO (reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
- return (REGNO (reg) % 2 == 0);
- else
- return 1;
-}
-
-/* Print operand X (an rtx) in assembler syntax to file FILE.
- CODE is a letter or dot (`z' in `%z0') or 0 if no letter was specified.
- For `%' followed by punctuation, CODE is the punctuation and X is null. */
-
-void
-print_operand (FILE *file, rtx x, int code)
-{
- switch (code)
- {
- case '#':
- /* Output an insn in a delay slot. */
- if (final_sequence)
- sparc_indent_opcode = 1;
- else
- fputs ("\n\t nop", file);
- return;
- case '*':
- /* Output an annul flag if there's nothing for the delay slot and we
- are optimizing. This is always used with '(' below.
- Sun OS 4.1.1 dbx can't handle an annulled unconditional branch;
- this is a dbx bug. So, we only do this when optimizing.
- On UltraSPARC, a branch in a delay slot causes a pipeline flush.
- Always emit a nop in case the next instruction is a branch. */
- if (! final_sequence && (optimize && (int)sparc_cpu < PROCESSOR_V9))
- fputs (",a", file);
- return;
- case '(':
- /* Output a 'nop' if there's nothing for the delay slot and we are
- not optimizing. This is always used with '*' above. */
- if (! final_sequence && ! (optimize && (int)sparc_cpu < PROCESSOR_V9))
- fputs ("\n\t nop", file);
- else if (final_sequence)
- sparc_indent_opcode = 1;
- return;
- case ')':
- /* Output the right displacement from the saved PC on function return.
- The caller may have placed an "unimp" insn immediately after the call
- so we have to account for it. This insn is used in the 32-bit ABI
- when calling a function that returns a non zero-sized structure. The
- 64-bit ABI doesn't have it. Be careful to have this test be the same
- as that used on the call. The exception here is that when
- sparc_std_struct_return is enabled, the psABI is followed exactly
- and the adjustment is made by the code in sparc_struct_value_rtx.
- The call emitted is the same when sparc_std_struct_return is
- present. */
- if (! TARGET_ARCH64
- && current_function_returns_struct
- && ! sparc_std_struct_return
- && (TREE_CODE (DECL_SIZE (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl)))
- == INTEGER_CST)
- && ! integer_zerop (DECL_SIZE (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl))))
- fputs ("12", file);
- else
- fputc ('8', file);
- return;
- case '_':
- /* Output the Embedded Medium/Anywhere code model base register. */
- fputs (EMBMEDANY_BASE_REG, file);
- return;
- case '&':
- /* Print some local dynamic TLS name. */
- assemble_name (file, get_some_local_dynamic_name ());
- return;
-
- case 'Y':
- /* Adjust the operand to take into account a RESTORE operation. */
- if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT)
- break;
- else if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
- output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%Y operand");
- else if (REGNO (x) < 8)
- fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)], file);
- else if (REGNO (x) >= 24 && REGNO (x) < 32)
- fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)-16], file);
- else
- output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%Y operand");
- return;
- case 'L':
- /* Print out the low order register name of a register pair. */
- if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
- fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)+1], file);
- else
- fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)], file);
- return;
- case 'H':
- /* Print out the high order register name of a register pair. */
- if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
- fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)], file);
- else
- fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)+1], file);
- return;
- case 'R':
- /* Print out the second register name of a register pair or quad.
- I.e., R (%o0) => %o1. */
- fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)+1], file);
- return;
- case 'S':
- /* Print out the third register name of a register quad.
- I.e., S (%o0) => %o2. */
- fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)+2], file);
- return;
- case 'T':
- /* Print out the fourth register name of a register quad.
- I.e., T (%o0) => %o3. */
- fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)+3], file);
- return;
- case 'x':
- /* Print a condition code register. */
- if (REGNO (x) == SPARC_ICC_REG)
- {
- /* We don't handle CC[X]_NOOVmode because they're not supposed
- to occur here. */
- if (GET_MODE (x) == CCmode)
- fputs ("%icc", file);
- else if (GET_MODE (x) == CCXmode)
- fputs ("%xcc", file);
- else
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
- else
- /* %fccN register */
- fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)], file);
- return;
- case 'm':
- /* Print the operand's address only. */
- output_address (XEXP (x, 0));
- return;
- case 'r':
- /* In this case we need a register. Use %g0 if the
- operand is const0_rtx. */
- if (x == const0_rtx
- || (GET_MODE (x) != VOIDmode && x == CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (x))))
- {
- fputs ("%g0", file);
- return;
- }
- else
- break;
-
- case 'A':
- switch (GET_CODE (x))
- {
- case IOR: fputs ("or", file); break;
- case AND: fputs ("and", file); break;
- case XOR: fputs ("xor", file); break;
- default: output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%A operand");
- }
- return;
-
- case 'B':
- switch (GET_CODE (x))
- {
- case IOR: fputs ("orn", file); break;
- case AND: fputs ("andn", file); break;
- case XOR: fputs ("xnor", file); break;
- default: output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%B operand");
- }
- return;
-
- /* These are used by the conditional move instructions. */
- case 'c' :
- case 'C':
- {
- enum rtx_code rc = GET_CODE (x);
-
- if (code == 'c')
- {
- enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0));
- if (mode == CCFPmode || mode == CCFPEmode)
- rc = reverse_condition_maybe_unordered (GET_CODE (x));
- else
- rc = reverse_condition (GET_CODE (x));
- }
- switch (rc)
- {
- case NE: fputs ("ne", file); break;
- case EQ: fputs ("e", file); break;
- case GE: fputs ("ge", file); break;
- case GT: fputs ("g", file); break;
- case LE: fputs ("le", file); break;
- case LT: fputs ("l", file); break;
- case GEU: fputs ("geu", file); break;
- case GTU: fputs ("gu", file); break;
- case LEU: fputs ("leu", file); break;
- case LTU: fputs ("lu", file); break;
- case LTGT: fputs ("lg", file); break;
- case UNORDERED: fputs ("u", file); break;
- case ORDERED: fputs ("o", file); break;
- case UNLT: fputs ("ul", file); break;
- case UNLE: fputs ("ule", file); break;
- case UNGT: fputs ("ug", file); break;
- case UNGE: fputs ("uge", file); break;
- case UNEQ: fputs ("ue", file); break;
- default: output_operand_lossage (code == 'c'
- ? "invalid %%c operand"
- : "invalid %%C operand");
- }
- return;
- }
-
- /* These are used by the movr instruction pattern. */
- case 'd':
- case 'D':
- {
- enum rtx_code rc = (code == 'd'
- ? reverse_condition (GET_CODE (x))
- : GET_CODE (x));
- switch (rc)
- {
- case NE: fputs ("ne", file); break;
- case EQ: fputs ("e", file); break;
- case GE: fputs ("gez", file); break;
- case LT: fputs ("lz", file); break;
- case LE: fputs ("lez", file); break;
- case GT: fputs ("gz", file); break;
- default: output_operand_lossage (code == 'd'
- ? "invalid %%d operand"
- : "invalid %%D operand");
- }
- return;
- }
-
- case 'b':
- {
- /* Print a sign-extended character. */
- int i = trunc_int_for_mode (INTVAL (x), QImode);
- fprintf (file, "%d", i);
- return;
- }
-
- case 'f':
- /* Operand must be a MEM; write its address. */
- if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
- output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%f operand");
- output_address (XEXP (x, 0));
- return;
-
- case 's':
- {
- /* Print a sign-extended 32-bit value. */
- HOST_WIDE_INT i;
- if (GET_CODE(x) == CONST_INT)
- i = INTVAL (x);
- else if (GET_CODE(x) == CONST_DOUBLE)
- i = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x);
- else
- {
- output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%s operand");
- return;
- }
- i = trunc_int_for_mode (i, SImode);
- fprintf (file, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, i);
- return;
- }
-
- case 0:
- /* Do nothing special. */
- break;
-
- default:
- /* Undocumented flag. */
- output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand output code");
- }
-
- if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
- fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)], file);
- else if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM)
- {
- fputc ('[', file);
- /* Poor Sun assembler doesn't understand absolute addressing. */
- if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 0)))
- fputs ("%g0+", file);
- output_address (XEXP (x, 0));
- fputc (']', file);
- }
- else if (GET_CODE (x) == HIGH)
- {
- fputs ("%hi(", file);
- output_addr_const (file, XEXP (x, 0));
- fputc (')', file);
- }
- else if (GET_CODE (x) == LO_SUM)
- {
- print_operand (file, XEXP (x, 0), 0);
- if (TARGET_CM_MEDMID)
- fputs ("+%l44(", file);
- else
- fputs ("+%lo(", file);
- output_addr_const (file, XEXP (x, 1));
- fputc (')', file);
- }
- else if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE
- && (GET_MODE (x) == VOIDmode
- || GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) == MODE_INT))
- {
- if (CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x) == 0)
- fprintf (file, "%u", (unsigned int) CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x));
- else if (CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x) == -1
- && CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x) < 0)
- fprintf (file, "%d", (int) CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x));
- else
- output_operand_lossage ("long long constant not a valid immediate operand");
- }
- else if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE)
- output_operand_lossage ("floating point constant not a valid immediate operand");
- else { output_addr_const (file, x); }
-}
-
-/* Target hook for assembling integer objects. The sparc version has
- special handling for aligned DI-mode objects. */
-
-static bool
-sparc_assemble_integer (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p)
-{
- /* ??? We only output .xword's for symbols and only then in environments
- where the assembler can handle them. */
- if (aligned_p && size == 8
- && (GET_CODE (x) != CONST_INT && GET_CODE (x) != CONST_DOUBLE))
- {
- if (TARGET_V9)
- {
- assemble_integer_with_op ("\t.xword\t", x);
- return true;
- }
- else
- {
- assemble_aligned_integer (4, const0_rtx);
- assemble_aligned_integer (4, x);
- return true;
- }
- }
- return default_assemble_integer (x, size, aligned_p);
-}
-
-/* Return the value of a code used in the .proc pseudo-op that says
- what kind of result this function returns. For non-C types, we pick
- the closest C type. */
-
-#ifndef SHORT_TYPE_SIZE
-#define SHORT_TYPE_SIZE (BITS_PER_UNIT * 2)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef INT_TYPE_SIZE
-#define INT_TYPE_SIZE BITS_PER_WORD
-#endif
-
-#ifndef LONG_TYPE_SIZE
-#define LONG_TYPE_SIZE BITS_PER_WORD
-#endif
-
-#ifndef LONG_LONG_TYPE_SIZE
-#define LONG_LONG_TYPE_SIZE (BITS_PER_WORD * 2)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef FLOAT_TYPE_SIZE
-#define FLOAT_TYPE_SIZE BITS_PER_WORD
-#endif
-
-#ifndef DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE
-#define DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE (BITS_PER_WORD * 2)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE
-#define LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE (BITS_PER_WORD * 2)
-#endif
-
-unsigned long
-sparc_type_code (register tree type)
-{
- register unsigned long qualifiers = 0;
- register unsigned shift;
-
- /* Only the first 30 bits of the qualifier are valid. We must refrain from
- setting more, since some assemblers will give an error for this. Also,
- we must be careful to avoid shifts of 32 bits or more to avoid getting
- unpredictable results. */
-
- for (shift = 6; shift < 30; shift += 2, type = TREE_TYPE (type))
- {
- switch (TREE_CODE (type))
- {
- case ERROR_MARK:
- return qualifiers;
-
- case ARRAY_TYPE:
- qualifiers |= (3 << shift);
- break;
-
- case FUNCTION_TYPE:
- case METHOD_TYPE:
- qualifiers |= (2 << shift);
- break;
-
- case POINTER_TYPE:
- case REFERENCE_TYPE:
- case OFFSET_TYPE:
- qualifiers |= (1 << shift);
- break;
-
- case RECORD_TYPE:
- return (qualifiers | 8);
-
- case UNION_TYPE:
- case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
- return (qualifiers | 9);
-
- case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
- return (qualifiers | 10);
-
- case VOID_TYPE:
- return (qualifiers | 16);
-
- case INTEGER_TYPE:
- /* If this is a range type, consider it to be the underlying
- type. */
- if (TREE_TYPE (type) != 0)
- break;
-
- /* Carefully distinguish all the standard types of C,
- without messing up if the language is not C. We do this by
- testing TYPE_PRECISION and TYPE_UNSIGNED. The old code used to
- look at both the names and the above fields, but that's redundant.
- Any type whose size is between two C types will be considered
- to be the wider of the two types. Also, we do not have a
- special code to use for "long long", so anything wider than
- long is treated the same. Note that we can't distinguish
- between "int" and "long" in this code if they are the same
- size, but that's fine, since neither can the assembler. */
-
- if (TYPE_PRECISION (type) <= CHAR_TYPE_SIZE)
- return (qualifiers | (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type) ? 12 : 2));
-
- else if (TYPE_PRECISION (type) <= SHORT_TYPE_SIZE)
- return (qualifiers | (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type) ? 13 : 3));
-
- else if (TYPE_PRECISION (type) <= INT_TYPE_SIZE)
- return (qualifiers | (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type) ? 14 : 4));
-
- else
- return (qualifiers | (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type) ? 15 : 5));
-
- case REAL_TYPE:
- /* If this is a range type, consider it to be the underlying
- type. */
- if (TREE_TYPE (type) != 0)
- break;
-
- /* Carefully distinguish all the standard types of C,
- without messing up if the language is not C. */
-
- if (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == FLOAT_TYPE_SIZE)
- return (qualifiers | 6);
-
- else
- return (qualifiers | 7);
-
- case COMPLEX_TYPE: /* GNU Fortran COMPLEX type. */
- /* ??? We need to distinguish between double and float complex types,
- but I don't know how yet because I can't reach this code from
- existing front-ends. */
- return (qualifiers | 7); /* Who knows? */
-
- case VECTOR_TYPE:
- case BOOLEAN_TYPE: /* Boolean truth value type. */
- case LANG_TYPE: /* ? */
- return qualifiers;
-
- default:
- gcc_unreachable (); /* Not a type! */
- }
- }
-
- return qualifiers;
-}
-
-/* Nested function support. */
-
-/* Emit RTL insns to initialize the variable parts of a trampoline.
- FNADDR is an RTX for the address of the function's pure code.
- CXT is an RTX for the static chain value for the function.
-
- This takes 16 insns: 2 shifts & 2 ands (to split up addresses), 4 sethi
- (to load in opcodes), 4 iors (to merge address and opcodes), and 4 writes
- (to store insns). This is a bit excessive. Perhaps a different
- mechanism would be better here.
-
- Emit enough FLUSH insns to synchronize the data and instruction caches. */
-
-void
-sparc_initialize_trampoline (rtx tramp, rtx fnaddr, rtx cxt)
-{
- /* SPARC 32-bit trampoline:
-
- sethi %hi(fn), %g1
- sethi %hi(static), %g2
- jmp %g1+%lo(fn)
- or %g2, %lo(static), %g2
-
- SETHI i,r = 00rr rrr1 00ii iiii iiii iiii iiii iiii
- JMPL r+i,d = 10dd ddd1 1100 0rrr rr1i iiii iiii iiii
- */
-
- emit_move_insn
- (gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, plus_constant (tramp, 0)),
- expand_binop (SImode, ior_optab,
- expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, SImode, fnaddr,
- size_int (10), 0, 1),
- GEN_INT (trunc_int_for_mode (0x03000000, SImode)),
- NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT));
-
- emit_move_insn
- (gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, plus_constant (tramp, 4)),
- expand_binop (SImode, ior_optab,
- expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, SImode, cxt,
- size_int (10), 0, 1),
- GEN_INT (trunc_int_for_mode (0x05000000, SImode)),
- NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT));
-
- emit_move_insn
- (gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, plus_constant (tramp, 8)),
- expand_binop (SImode, ior_optab,
- expand_and (SImode, fnaddr, GEN_INT (0x3ff), NULL_RTX),
- GEN_INT (trunc_int_for_mode (0x81c06000, SImode)),
- NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT));
-
- emit_move_insn
- (gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, plus_constant (tramp, 12)),
- expand_binop (SImode, ior_optab,
- expand_and (SImode, cxt, GEN_INT (0x3ff), NULL_RTX),
- GEN_INT (trunc_int_for_mode (0x8410a000, SImode)),
- NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT));
-
- /* On UltraSPARC a flush flushes an entire cache line. The trampoline is
- aligned on a 16 byte boundary so one flush clears it all. */
- emit_insn (gen_flush (validize_mem (gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, tramp))));
- if (sparc_cpu != PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC
- && sparc_cpu != PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC3
- && sparc_cpu != PROCESSOR_NIAGARA)
- emit_insn (gen_flush (validize_mem (gen_rtx_MEM (SImode,
- plus_constant (tramp, 8)))));
-
- /* Call __enable_execute_stack after writing onto the stack to make sure
- the stack address is accessible. */
-#ifdef ENABLE_EXECUTE_STACK
- emit_library_call (gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__enable_execute_stack"),
- LCT_NORMAL, VOIDmode, 1, tramp, Pmode);
-#endif
-
-}
-
-/* The 64-bit version is simpler because it makes more sense to load the
- values as "immediate" data out of the trampoline. It's also easier since
- we can read the PC without clobbering a register. */
-
-void
-sparc64_initialize_trampoline (rtx tramp, rtx fnaddr, rtx cxt)
-{
- /* SPARC 64-bit trampoline:
-
- rd %pc, %g1
- ldx [%g1+24], %g5
- jmp %g5
- ldx [%g1+16], %g5
- +16 bytes data
- */
-
- emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, tramp),
- GEN_INT (trunc_int_for_mode (0x83414000, SImode)));
- emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, plus_constant (tramp, 4)),
- GEN_INT (trunc_int_for_mode (0xca586018, SImode)));
- emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, plus_constant (tramp, 8)),
- GEN_INT (trunc_int_for_mode (0x81c14000, SImode)));
- emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, plus_constant (tramp, 12)),
- GEN_INT (trunc_int_for_mode (0xca586010, SImode)));
- emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (DImode, plus_constant (tramp, 16)), cxt);
- emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (DImode, plus_constant (tramp, 24)), fnaddr);
- emit_insn (gen_flushdi (validize_mem (gen_rtx_MEM (DImode, tramp))));
-
- if (sparc_cpu != PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC
- && sparc_cpu != PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC3
- && sparc_cpu != PROCESSOR_NIAGARA)
- emit_insn (gen_flushdi (validize_mem (gen_rtx_MEM (DImode, plus_constant (tramp, 8)))));
-
- /* Call __enable_execute_stack after writing onto the stack to make sure
- the stack address is accessible. */
-#ifdef ENABLE_EXECUTE_STACK
- emit_library_call (gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__enable_execute_stack"),
- LCT_NORMAL, VOIDmode, 1, tramp, Pmode);
-#endif
-}
-
-/* Adjust the cost of a scheduling dependency. Return the new cost of
- a dependency LINK or INSN on DEP_INSN. COST is the current cost. */
-
-static int
-supersparc_adjust_cost (rtx insn, rtx link, rtx dep_insn, int cost)
-{
- enum attr_type insn_type;
-
- if (! recog_memoized (insn))
- return 0;
-
- insn_type = get_attr_type (insn);
-
- if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == 0)
- {
- /* Data dependency; DEP_INSN writes a register that INSN reads some
- cycles later. */
-
- /* if a load, then the dependence must be on the memory address;
- add an extra "cycle". Note that the cost could be two cycles
- if the reg was written late in an instruction group; we ca not tell
- here. */
- if (insn_type == TYPE_LOAD || insn_type == TYPE_FPLOAD)
- return cost + 3;
-
- /* Get the delay only if the address of the store is the dependence. */
- if (insn_type == TYPE_STORE || insn_type == TYPE_FPSTORE)
- {
- rtx pat = PATTERN(insn);
- rtx dep_pat = PATTERN (dep_insn);
-
- if (GET_CODE (pat) != SET || GET_CODE (dep_pat) != SET)
- return cost; /* This should not happen! */
-
- /* The dependency between the two instructions was on the data that
- is being stored. Assume that this implies that the address of the
- store is not dependent. */
- if (rtx_equal_p (SET_DEST (dep_pat), SET_SRC (pat)))
- return cost;
-
- return cost + 3; /* An approximation. */
- }
-
- /* A shift instruction cannot receive its data from an instruction
- in the same cycle; add a one cycle penalty. */
- if (insn_type == TYPE_SHIFT)
- return cost + 3; /* Split before cascade into shift. */
- }
- else
- {
- /* Anti- or output- dependency; DEP_INSN reads/writes a register that
- INSN writes some cycles later. */
-
- /* These are only significant for the fpu unit; writing a fp reg before
- the fpu has finished with it stalls the processor. */
-
- /* Reusing an integer register causes no problems. */
- if (insn_type == TYPE_IALU || insn_type == TYPE_SHIFT)
- return 0;
- }
-
- return cost;
-}
-
-static int
-hypersparc_adjust_cost (rtx insn, rtx link, rtx dep_insn, int cost)
-{
- enum attr_type insn_type, dep_type;
- rtx pat = PATTERN(insn);
- rtx dep_pat = PATTERN (dep_insn);
-
- if (recog_memoized (insn) < 0 || recog_memoized (dep_insn) < 0)
- return cost;
-
- insn_type = get_attr_type (insn);
- dep_type = get_attr_type (dep_insn);
-
- switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (link))
- {
- case 0:
- /* Data dependency; DEP_INSN writes a register that INSN reads some
- cycles later. */
-
- switch (insn_type)
- {
- case TYPE_STORE:
- case TYPE_FPSTORE:
- /* Get the delay iff the address of the store is the dependence. */
- if (GET_CODE (pat) != SET || GET_CODE (dep_pat) != SET)
- return cost;
-
- if (rtx_equal_p (SET_DEST (dep_pat), SET_SRC (pat)))
- return cost;
- return cost + 3;
-
- case TYPE_LOAD:
- case TYPE_SLOAD:
- case TYPE_FPLOAD:
- /* If a load, then the dependence must be on the memory address. If
- the addresses aren't equal, then it might be a false dependency */
- if (dep_type == TYPE_STORE || dep_type == TYPE_FPSTORE)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (pat) != SET || GET_CODE (dep_pat) != SET
- || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (dep_pat)) != MEM
- || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (pat)) != MEM
- || ! rtx_equal_p (XEXP (SET_DEST (dep_pat), 0),
- XEXP (SET_SRC (pat), 0)))
- return cost + 2;
-
- return cost + 8;
- }
- break;
-
- case TYPE_BRANCH:
- /* Compare to branch latency is 0. There is no benefit from
- separating compare and branch. */
- if (dep_type == TYPE_COMPARE)
- return 0;
- /* Floating point compare to branch latency is less than
- compare to conditional move. */
- if (dep_type == TYPE_FPCMP)
- return cost - 1;
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- break;
-
- case REG_DEP_ANTI:
- /* Anti-dependencies only penalize the fpu unit. */
- if (insn_type == TYPE_IALU || insn_type == TYPE_SHIFT)
- return 0;
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- return cost;
-}
-
-static int
-sparc_adjust_cost(rtx insn, rtx link, rtx dep, int cost)
-{
- switch (sparc_cpu)
- {
- case PROCESSOR_SUPERSPARC:
- cost = supersparc_adjust_cost (insn, link, dep, cost);
- break;
- case PROCESSOR_HYPERSPARC:
- case PROCESSOR_SPARCLITE86X:
- cost = hypersparc_adjust_cost (insn, link, dep, cost);
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- return cost;
-}
-
-static void
-sparc_sched_init (FILE *dump ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- int sched_verbose ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- int max_ready ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
-}
-
-static int
-sparc_use_sched_lookahead (void)
-{
- if (sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_NIAGARA)
- return 0;
- if (sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC
- || sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC3)
- return 4;
- if ((1 << sparc_cpu) &
- ((1 << PROCESSOR_SUPERSPARC) | (1 << PROCESSOR_HYPERSPARC) |
- (1 << PROCESSOR_SPARCLITE86X)))
- return 3;
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-sparc_issue_rate (void)
-{
- switch (sparc_cpu)
- {
- case PROCESSOR_NIAGARA:
- default:
- return 1;
- case PROCESSOR_V9:
- /* Assume V9 processors are capable of at least dual-issue. */
- return 2;
- case PROCESSOR_SUPERSPARC:
- return 3;
- case PROCESSOR_HYPERSPARC:
- case PROCESSOR_SPARCLITE86X:
- return 2;
- case PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC:
- case PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC3:
- return 4;
- }
-}
-
-static int
-set_extends (rtx insn)
-{
- register rtx pat = PATTERN (insn);
-
- switch (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (pat)))
- {
- /* Load and some shift instructions zero extend. */
- case MEM:
- case ZERO_EXTEND:
- /* sethi clears the high bits */
- case HIGH:
- /* LO_SUM is used with sethi. sethi cleared the high
- bits and the values used with lo_sum are positive */
- case LO_SUM:
- /* Store flag stores 0 or 1 */
- case LT: case LTU:
- case GT: case GTU:
- case LE: case LEU:
- case GE: case GEU:
- case EQ:
- case NE:
- return 1;
- case AND:
- {
- rtx op0 = XEXP (SET_SRC (pat), 0);
- rtx op1 = XEXP (SET_SRC (pat), 1);
- if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT)
- return INTVAL (op1) >= 0;
- if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG)
- return 0;
- if (sparc_check_64 (op0, insn) == 1)
- return 1;
- return (GET_CODE (op1) == REG && sparc_check_64 (op1, insn) == 1);
- }
- case IOR:
- case XOR:
- {
- rtx op0 = XEXP (SET_SRC (pat), 0);
- rtx op1 = XEXP (SET_SRC (pat), 1);
- if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG || sparc_check_64 (op0, insn) <= 0)
- return 0;
- if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT)
- return INTVAL (op1) >= 0;
- return (GET_CODE (op1) == REG && sparc_check_64 (op1, insn) == 1);
- }
- case LSHIFTRT:
- return GET_MODE (SET_SRC (pat)) == SImode;
- /* Positive integers leave the high bits zero. */
- case CONST_DOUBLE:
- return ! (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (SET_SRC (pat)) & 0x80000000);
- case CONST_INT:
- return ! (INTVAL (SET_SRC (pat)) & 0x80000000);
- case ASHIFTRT:
- case SIGN_EXTEND:
- return - (GET_MODE (SET_SRC (pat)) == SImode);
- case REG:
- return sparc_check_64 (SET_SRC (pat), insn);
- default:
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-/* We _ought_ to have only one kind per function, but... */
-static GTY(()) rtx sparc_addr_diff_list;
-static GTY(()) rtx sparc_addr_list;
-
-void
-sparc_defer_case_vector (rtx lab, rtx vec, int diff)
-{
- vec = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, lab, vec);
- if (diff)
- sparc_addr_diff_list
- = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, vec, sparc_addr_diff_list);
- else
- sparc_addr_list = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, vec, sparc_addr_list);
-}
-
-static void
-sparc_output_addr_vec (rtx vec)
-{
- rtx lab = XEXP (vec, 0), body = XEXP (vec, 1);
- int idx, vlen = XVECLEN (body, 0);
-
-#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_START
- ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_START (asm_out_file);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_LABEL
- ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_LABEL (asm_out_file, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (lab),
- NEXT_INSN (lab));
-#else
- (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (lab));
-#endif
-
- for (idx = 0; idx < vlen; idx++)
- {
- ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_ELT
- (asm_out_file, CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (XEXP (XVECEXP (body, 0, idx), 0)));
- }
-
-#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_END
- ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_END (asm_out_file);
-#endif
-}
-
-static void
-sparc_output_addr_diff_vec (rtx vec)
-{
- rtx lab = XEXP (vec, 0), body = XEXP (vec, 1);
- rtx base = XEXP (XEXP (body, 0), 0);
- int idx, vlen = XVECLEN (body, 1);
-
-#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_START
- ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_START (asm_out_file);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_LABEL
- ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_LABEL (asm_out_file, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (lab),
- NEXT_INSN (lab));
-#else
- (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (lab));
-#endif
-
- for (idx = 0; idx < vlen; idx++)
- {
- ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_DIFF_ELT
- (asm_out_file,
- body,
- CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (XEXP (XVECEXP (body, 1, idx), 0)),
- CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (base));
- }
-
-#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_END
- ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_END (asm_out_file);
-#endif
-}
-
-static void
-sparc_output_deferred_case_vectors (void)
-{
- rtx t;
- int align;
-
- if (sparc_addr_list == NULL_RTX
- && sparc_addr_diff_list == NULL_RTX)
- return;
-
- /* Align to cache line in the function's code section. */
- switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
-
- align = floor_log2 (FUNCTION_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT);
- if (align > 0)
- ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align);
-
- for (t = sparc_addr_list; t ; t = XEXP (t, 1))
- sparc_output_addr_vec (XEXP (t, 0));
- for (t = sparc_addr_diff_list; t ; t = XEXP (t, 1))
- sparc_output_addr_diff_vec (XEXP (t, 0));
-
- sparc_addr_list = sparc_addr_diff_list = NULL_RTX;
-}
-
-/* Return 0 if the high 32 bits of X (the low word of X, if DImode) are
- unknown. Return 1 if the high bits are zero, -1 if the register is
- sign extended. */
-int
-sparc_check_64 (rtx x, rtx insn)
-{
- /* If a register is set only once it is safe to ignore insns this
- code does not know how to handle. The loop will either recognize
- the single set and return the correct value or fail to recognize
- it and return 0. */
- int set_once = 0;
- rtx y = x;
-
- gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == REG);
-
- if (GET_MODE (x) == DImode)
- y = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (x) + WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN);
-
- if (flag_expensive_optimizations
- && REG_N_SETS (REGNO (y)) == 1)
- set_once = 1;
-
- if (insn == 0)
- {
- if (set_once)
- insn = get_last_insn_anywhere ();
- else
- return 0;
- }
-
- while ((insn = PREV_INSN (insn)))
- {
- switch (GET_CODE (insn))
- {
- case JUMP_INSN:
- case NOTE:
- break;
- case CODE_LABEL:
- case CALL_INSN:
- default:
- if (! set_once)
- return 0;
- break;
- case INSN:
- {
- rtx pat = PATTERN (insn);
- if (GET_CODE (pat) != SET)
- return 0;
- if (rtx_equal_p (x, SET_DEST (pat)))
- return set_extends (insn);
- if (y && rtx_equal_p (y, SET_DEST (pat)))
- return set_extends (insn);
- if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (SET_DEST (pat), y))
- return 0;
- }
- }
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* Returns assembly code to perform a DImode shift using
- a 64-bit global or out register on SPARC-V8+. */
-const char *
-output_v8plus_shift (rtx *operands, rtx insn, const char *opcode)
-{
- static char asm_code[60];
-
- /* The scratch register is only required when the destination
- register is not a 64-bit global or out register. */
- if (which_alternative != 2)
- operands[3] = operands[0];
-
- /* We can only shift by constants <= 63. */
- if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) == CONST_INT)
- operands[2] = GEN_INT (INTVAL (operands[2]) & 0x3f);
-
- if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == CONST_INT)
- {
- output_asm_insn ("mov\t%1, %3", operands);
- }
- else
- {
- output_asm_insn ("sllx\t%H1, 32, %3", operands);
- if (sparc_check_64 (operands[1], insn) <= 0)
- output_asm_insn ("srl\t%L1, 0, %L1", operands);
- output_asm_insn ("or\t%L1, %3, %3", operands);
- }
-
- strcpy(asm_code, opcode);
-
- if (which_alternative != 2)
- return strcat (asm_code, "\t%0, %2, %L0\n\tsrlx\t%L0, 32, %H0");
- else
- return strcat (asm_code, "\t%3, %2, %3\n\tsrlx\t%3, 32, %H0\n\tmov\t%3, %L0");
-}
-
-/* Output rtl to increment the profiler label LABELNO
- for profiling a function entry. */
-
-void
-sparc_profile_hook (int labelno)
-{
- char buf[32];
- rtx lab, fun;
-
- ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, "LP", labelno);
- lab = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ggc_strdup (buf));
- fun = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, MCOUNT_FUNCTION);
-
- emit_library_call (fun, LCT_NORMAL, VOIDmode, 1, lab, Pmode);
-}
-
-#ifdef OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF
-static void
-sparc_elf_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
- tree decl)
-{
- if (flags & SECTION_MERGE)
- {
- /* entsize cannot be expressed in this section attributes
- encoding style. */
- default_elf_asm_named_section (name, flags, decl);
- return;
- }
-
- fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t\"%s\"", name);
-
- if (!(flags & SECTION_DEBUG))
- fputs (",#alloc", asm_out_file);
- if (flags & SECTION_WRITE)
- fputs (",#write", asm_out_file);
- if (flags & SECTION_TLS)
- fputs (",#tls", asm_out_file);
- if (flags & SECTION_CODE)
- fputs (",#execinstr", asm_out_file);
-
- /* ??? Handle SECTION_BSS. */
-
- fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
-}
-#endif /* OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF */
-
-/* We do not allow indirect calls to be optimized into sibling calls.
-
- We cannot use sibling calls when delayed branches are disabled
- because they will likely require the call delay slot to be filled.
-
- Also, on SPARC 32-bit we cannot emit a sibling call when the
- current function returns a structure. This is because the "unimp
- after call" convention would cause the callee to return to the
- wrong place. The generic code already disallows cases where the
- function being called returns a structure.
-
- It may seem strange how this last case could occur. Usually there
- is code after the call which jumps to epilogue code which dumps the
- return value into the struct return area. That ought to invalidate
- the sibling call right? Well, in the C++ case we can end up passing
- the pointer to the struct return area to a constructor (which returns
- void) and then nothing else happens. Such a sibling call would look
- valid without the added check here. */
-static bool
-sparc_function_ok_for_sibcall (tree decl, tree exp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
- return (decl
- && flag_delayed_branch
- && (TARGET_ARCH64 || ! current_function_returns_struct));
-}
-
-/* libfunc renaming. */
-#include "config/gofast.h"
-
-static void
-sparc_init_libfuncs (void)
-{
- if (TARGET_ARCH32)
- {
- /* Use the subroutines that Sun's library provides for integer
- multiply and divide. The `*' prevents an underscore from
- being prepended by the compiler. .umul is a little faster
- than .mul. */
- set_optab_libfunc (smul_optab, SImode, "*.umul");
- set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, SImode, "*.div");
- set_optab_libfunc (udiv_optab, SImode, "*.udiv");
- set_optab_libfunc (smod_optab, SImode, "*.rem");
- set_optab_libfunc (umod_optab, SImode, "*.urem");
-
- /* TFmode arithmetic. These names are part of the SPARC 32bit ABI. */
- set_optab_libfunc (add_optab, TFmode, "_Q_add");
- set_optab_libfunc (sub_optab, TFmode, "_Q_sub");
- set_optab_libfunc (neg_optab, TFmode, "_Q_neg");
- set_optab_libfunc (smul_optab, TFmode, "_Q_mul");
- set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, TFmode, "_Q_div");
-
- /* We can define the TFmode sqrt optab only if TARGET_FPU. This
- is because with soft-float, the SFmode and DFmode sqrt
- instructions will be absent, and the compiler will notice and
- try to use the TFmode sqrt instruction for calls to the
- builtin function sqrt, but this fails. */
- if (TARGET_FPU)
- set_optab_libfunc (sqrt_optab, TFmode, "_Q_sqrt");
-
- set_optab_libfunc (eq_optab, TFmode, "_Q_feq");
- set_optab_libfunc (ne_optab, TFmode, "_Q_fne");
- set_optab_libfunc (gt_optab, TFmode, "_Q_fgt");
- set_optab_libfunc (ge_optab, TFmode, "_Q_fge");
- set_optab_libfunc (lt_optab, TFmode, "_Q_flt");
- set_optab_libfunc (le_optab, TFmode, "_Q_fle");
-
- set_conv_libfunc (sext_optab, TFmode, SFmode, "_Q_stoq");
- set_conv_libfunc (sext_optab, TFmode, DFmode, "_Q_dtoq");
- set_conv_libfunc (trunc_optab, SFmode, TFmode, "_Q_qtos");
- set_conv_libfunc (trunc_optab, DFmode, TFmode, "_Q_qtod");
-
- set_conv_libfunc (sfix_optab, SImode, TFmode, "_Q_qtoi");
- set_conv_libfunc (ufix_optab, SImode, TFmode, "_Q_qtou");
- set_conv_libfunc (sfloat_optab, TFmode, SImode, "_Q_itoq");
- set_conv_libfunc (ufloat_optab, TFmode, SImode, "_Q_utoq");
-
- if (DITF_CONVERSION_LIBFUNCS)
- {
- set_conv_libfunc (sfix_optab, DImode, TFmode, "_Q_qtoll");
- set_conv_libfunc (ufix_optab, DImode, TFmode, "_Q_qtoull");
- set_conv_libfunc (sfloat_optab, TFmode, DImode, "_Q_lltoq");
- set_conv_libfunc (ufloat_optab, TFmode, DImode, "_Q_ulltoq");
- }
-
- if (SUN_CONVERSION_LIBFUNCS)
- {
- set_conv_libfunc (sfix_optab, DImode, SFmode, "__ftoll");
- set_conv_libfunc (ufix_optab, DImode, SFmode, "__ftoull");
- set_conv_libfunc (sfix_optab, DImode, DFmode, "__dtoll");
- set_conv_libfunc (ufix_optab, DImode, DFmode, "__dtoull");
- }
- }
- if (TARGET_ARCH64)
- {
- /* In the SPARC 64bit ABI, SImode multiply and divide functions
- do not exist in the library. Make sure the compiler does not
- emit calls to them by accident. (It should always use the
- hardware instructions.) */
- set_optab_libfunc (smul_optab, SImode, 0);
- set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, SImode, 0);
- set_optab_libfunc (udiv_optab, SImode, 0);
- set_optab_libfunc (smod_optab, SImode, 0);
- set_optab_libfunc (umod_optab, SImode, 0);
-
- if (SUN_INTEGER_MULTIPLY_64)
- {
- set_optab_libfunc (smul_optab, DImode, "__mul64");
- set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, DImode, "__div64");
- set_optab_libfunc (udiv_optab, DImode, "__udiv64");
- set_optab_libfunc (smod_optab, DImode, "__rem64");
- set_optab_libfunc (umod_optab, DImode, "__urem64");
- }
-
- if (SUN_CONVERSION_LIBFUNCS)
- {
- set_conv_libfunc (sfix_optab, DImode, SFmode, "__ftol");
- set_conv_libfunc (ufix_optab, DImode, SFmode, "__ftoul");
- set_conv_libfunc (sfix_optab, DImode, DFmode, "__dtol");
- set_conv_libfunc (ufix_optab, DImode, DFmode, "__dtoul");
- }
- }
-
- gofast_maybe_init_libfuncs ();
-}
-
-#define def_builtin(NAME, CODE, TYPE) \
- lang_hooks.builtin_function((NAME), (TYPE), (CODE), BUILT_IN_MD, NULL, \
- NULL_TREE)
-
-/* Implement the TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS target hook.
- Create builtin functions for special SPARC instructions. */
-
-static void
-sparc_init_builtins (void)
-{
- if (TARGET_VIS)
- sparc_vis_init_builtins ();
-}
-
-/* Create builtin functions for VIS 1.0 instructions. */
-
-static void
-sparc_vis_init_builtins (void)
-{
- tree v4qi = build_vector_type (unsigned_intQI_type_node, 4);
- tree v8qi = build_vector_type (unsigned_intQI_type_node, 8);
- tree v4hi = build_vector_type (intHI_type_node, 4);
- tree v2hi = build_vector_type (intHI_type_node, 2);
- tree v2si = build_vector_type (intSI_type_node, 2);
-
- tree v4qi_ftype_v4hi = build_function_type_list (v4qi, v4hi, 0);
- tree v8qi_ftype_v2si_v8qi = build_function_type_list (v8qi, v2si, v8qi, 0);
- tree v2hi_ftype_v2si = build_function_type_list (v2hi, v2si, 0);
- tree v4hi_ftype_v4qi = build_function_type_list (v4hi, v4qi, 0);
- tree v8qi_ftype_v4qi_v4qi = build_function_type_list (v8qi, v4qi, v4qi, 0);
- tree v4hi_ftype_v4qi_v4hi = build_function_type_list (v4hi, v4qi, v4hi, 0);
- tree v4hi_ftype_v4qi_v2hi = build_function_type_list (v4hi, v4qi, v2hi, 0);
- tree v2si_ftype_v4qi_v2hi = build_function_type_list (v2si, v4qi, v2hi, 0);
- tree v4hi_ftype_v8qi_v4hi = build_function_type_list (v4hi, v8qi, v4hi, 0);
- tree v4hi_ftype_v4hi_v4hi = build_function_type_list (v4hi, v4hi, v4hi, 0);
- tree v2si_ftype_v2si_v2si = build_function_type_list (v2si, v2si, v2si, 0);
- tree v8qi_ftype_v8qi_v8qi = build_function_type_list (v8qi, v8qi, v8qi, 0);
- tree di_ftype_v8qi_v8qi_di = build_function_type_list (intDI_type_node,
- v8qi, v8qi,
- intDI_type_node, 0);
- tree di_ftype_di_di = build_function_type_list (intDI_type_node,
- intDI_type_node,
- intDI_type_node, 0);
- tree ptr_ftype_ptr_si = build_function_type_list (ptr_type_node,
- ptr_type_node,
- intSI_type_node, 0);
- tree ptr_ftype_ptr_di = build_function_type_list (ptr_type_node,
- ptr_type_node,
- intDI_type_node, 0);
-
- /* Packing and expanding vectors. */
- def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_fpack16", CODE_FOR_fpack16_vis, v4qi_ftype_v4hi);
- def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_fpack32", CODE_FOR_fpack32_vis,
- v8qi_ftype_v2si_v8qi);
- def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_fpackfix", CODE_FOR_fpackfix_vis,
- v2hi_ftype_v2si);
- def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_fexpand", CODE_FOR_fexpand_vis, v4hi_ftype_v4qi);
- def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_fpmerge", CODE_FOR_fpmerge_vis,
- v8qi_ftype_v4qi_v4qi);
-
- /* Multiplications. */
- def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_fmul8x16", CODE_FOR_fmul8x16_vis,
- v4hi_ftype_v4qi_v4hi);
- def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_fmul8x16au", CODE_FOR_fmul8x16au_vis,
- v4hi_ftype_v4qi_v2hi);
- def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_fmul8x16al", CODE_FOR_fmul8x16al_vis,
- v4hi_ftype_v4qi_v2hi);
- def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_fmul8sux16", CODE_FOR_fmul8sux16_vis,
- v4hi_ftype_v8qi_v4hi);
- def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_fmul8ulx16", CODE_FOR_fmul8ulx16_vis,
- v4hi_ftype_v8qi_v4hi);
- def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_fmuld8sux16", CODE_FOR_fmuld8sux16_vis,
- v2si_ftype_v4qi_v2hi);
- def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_fmuld8ulx16", CODE_FOR_fmuld8ulx16_vis,
- v2si_ftype_v4qi_v2hi);
-
- /* Data aligning. */
- def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_faligndatav4hi", CODE_FOR_faligndatav4hi_vis,
- v4hi_ftype_v4hi_v4hi);
- def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_faligndatav8qi", CODE_FOR_faligndatav8qi_vis,
- v8qi_ftype_v8qi_v8qi);
- def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_faligndatav2si", CODE_FOR_faligndatav2si_vis,
- v2si_ftype_v2si_v2si);
- def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_faligndatadi", CODE_FOR_faligndatadi_vis,
- di_ftype_di_di);
- if (TARGET_ARCH64)
- def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_alignaddr", CODE_FOR_alignaddrdi_vis,
- ptr_ftype_ptr_di);
- else
- def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_alignaddr", CODE_FOR_alignaddrsi_vis,
- ptr_ftype_ptr_si);
-
- /* Pixel distance. */
- def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_pdist", CODE_FOR_pdist_vis,
- di_ftype_v8qi_v8qi_di);
-}
-
-/* Handle TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN target hook.
- Expand builtin functions for sparc intrinsics. */
-
-static rtx
-sparc_expand_builtin (tree exp, rtx target,
- rtx subtarget ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- enum machine_mode tmode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
- tree arglist;
- tree fndecl = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0);
- unsigned int icode = DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl);
- rtx pat, op[4];
- enum machine_mode mode[4];
- int arg_count = 0;
-
- mode[0] = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
- if (!target
- || GET_MODE (target) != mode[0]
- || ! (*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, mode[0]))
- op[0] = gen_reg_rtx (mode[0]);
- else
- op[0] = target;
-
- for (arglist = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); arglist;
- arglist = TREE_CHAIN (arglist))
- {
- tree arg = TREE_VALUE (arglist);
-
- arg_count++;
- mode[arg_count] = insn_data[icode].operand[arg_count].mode;
- op[arg_count] = expand_normal (arg);
-
- if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[arg_count].predicate) (op[arg_count],
- mode[arg_count]))
- op[arg_count] = copy_to_mode_reg (mode[arg_count], op[arg_count]);
- }
-
- switch (arg_count)
- {
- case 1:
- pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op[0], op[1]);
- break;
- case 2:
- pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op[0], op[1], op[2]);
- break;
- case 3:
- pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op[0], op[1], op[2], op[3]);
- break;
- default:
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
-
- if (!pat)
- return NULL_RTX;
-
- emit_insn (pat);
-
- return op[0];
-}
-
-static int
-sparc_vis_mul8x16 (int e8, int e16)
-{
- return (e8 * e16 + 128) / 256;
-}
-
-/* Multiply the vector elements in ELTS0 to the elements in ELTS1 as specified
- by FNCODE. All of the elements in ELTS0 and ELTS1 lists must be integer
- constants. A tree list with the results of the multiplications is returned,
- and each element in the list is of INNER_TYPE. */
-
-static tree
-sparc_handle_vis_mul8x16 (int fncode, tree inner_type, tree elts0, tree elts1)
-{
- tree n_elts = NULL_TREE;
- int scale;
-
- switch (fncode)
- {
- case CODE_FOR_fmul8x16_vis:
- for (; elts0 && elts1;
- elts0 = TREE_CHAIN (elts0), elts1 = TREE_CHAIN (elts1))
- {
- int val
- = sparc_vis_mul8x16 (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_VALUE (elts0)),
- TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_VALUE (elts1)));
- n_elts = tree_cons (NULL_TREE,
- build_int_cst (inner_type, val),
- n_elts);
- }
- break;
-
- case CODE_FOR_fmul8x16au_vis:
- scale = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_VALUE (elts1));
-
- for (; elts0; elts0 = TREE_CHAIN (elts0))
- {
- int val
- = sparc_vis_mul8x16 (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_VALUE (elts0)),
- scale);
- n_elts = tree_cons (NULL_TREE,
- build_int_cst (inner_type, val),
- n_elts);
- }
- break;
-
- case CODE_FOR_fmul8x16al_vis:
- scale = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (elts1)));
-
- for (; elts0; elts0 = TREE_CHAIN (elts0))
- {
- int val
- = sparc_vis_mul8x16 (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_VALUE (elts0)),
- scale);
- n_elts = tree_cons (NULL_TREE,
- build_int_cst (inner_type, val),
- n_elts);
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
-
- return nreverse (n_elts);
-
-}
-/* Handle TARGET_FOLD_BUILTIN target hook.
- Fold builtin functions for SPARC intrinsics. If IGNORE is true the
- result of the function call is ignored. NULL_TREE is returned if the
- function could not be folded. */
-
-static tree
-sparc_fold_builtin (tree fndecl, tree arglist, bool ignore)
-{
- tree arg0, arg1, arg2;
- tree rtype = TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (fndecl));
-
- if (ignore
- && DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl) != CODE_FOR_alignaddrsi_vis
- && DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl) != CODE_FOR_alignaddrdi_vis)
- return fold_convert (rtype, integer_zero_node);
-
- switch (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl))
- {
- case CODE_FOR_fexpand_vis:
- arg0 = TREE_VALUE (arglist);
- STRIP_NOPS (arg0);
-
- if (TREE_CODE (arg0) == VECTOR_CST)
- {
- tree inner_type = TREE_TYPE (rtype);
- tree elts = TREE_VECTOR_CST_ELTS (arg0);
- tree n_elts = NULL_TREE;
-
- for (; elts; elts = TREE_CHAIN (elts))
- {
- unsigned int val = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_VALUE (elts)) << 4;
- n_elts = tree_cons (NULL_TREE,
- build_int_cst (inner_type, val),
- n_elts);
- }
- return build_vector (rtype, nreverse (n_elts));
- }
- break;
-
- case CODE_FOR_fmul8x16_vis:
- case CODE_FOR_fmul8x16au_vis:
- case CODE_FOR_fmul8x16al_vis:
- arg0 = TREE_VALUE (arglist);
- arg1 = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist));
- STRIP_NOPS (arg0);
- STRIP_NOPS (arg1);
-
- if (TREE_CODE (arg0) == VECTOR_CST && TREE_CODE (arg1) == VECTOR_CST)
- {
- tree inner_type = TREE_TYPE (rtype);
- tree elts0 = TREE_VECTOR_CST_ELTS (arg0);
- tree elts1 = TREE_VECTOR_CST_ELTS (arg1);
- tree n_elts = sparc_handle_vis_mul8x16 (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl),
- inner_type, elts0, elts1);
-
- return build_vector (rtype, n_elts);
- }
- break;
-
- case CODE_FOR_fpmerge_vis:
- arg0 = TREE_VALUE (arglist);
- arg1 = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist));
- STRIP_NOPS (arg0);
- STRIP_NOPS (arg1);
-
- if (TREE_CODE (arg0) == VECTOR_CST && TREE_CODE (arg1) == VECTOR_CST)
- {
- tree elts0 = TREE_VECTOR_CST_ELTS (arg0);
- tree elts1 = TREE_VECTOR_CST_ELTS (arg1);
- tree n_elts = NULL_TREE;
-
- for (; elts0 && elts1;
- elts0 = TREE_CHAIN (elts0), elts1 = TREE_CHAIN (elts1))
- {
- n_elts = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, TREE_VALUE (elts0), n_elts);
- n_elts = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, TREE_VALUE (elts1), n_elts);
- }
-
- return build_vector (rtype, nreverse (n_elts));
- }
- break;
-
- case CODE_FOR_pdist_vis:
- arg0 = TREE_VALUE (arglist);
- arg1 = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist));
- arg2 = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)));
- STRIP_NOPS (arg0);
- STRIP_NOPS (arg1);
- STRIP_NOPS (arg2);
-
- if (TREE_CODE (arg0) == VECTOR_CST
- && TREE_CODE (arg1) == VECTOR_CST
- && TREE_CODE (arg2) == INTEGER_CST)
- {
- int overflow = 0;
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (arg2);
- HOST_WIDE_INT high = TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (arg2);
- tree elts0 = TREE_VECTOR_CST_ELTS (arg0);
- tree elts1 = TREE_VECTOR_CST_ELTS (arg1);
-
- for (; elts0 && elts1;
- elts0 = TREE_CHAIN (elts0), elts1 = TREE_CHAIN (elts1))
- {
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
- low0 = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_VALUE (elts0)),
- low1 = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_VALUE (elts1));
- HOST_WIDE_INT high0 = TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (TREE_VALUE (elts0));
- HOST_WIDE_INT high1 = TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (TREE_VALUE (elts1));
-
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT l;
- HOST_WIDE_INT h;
-
- overflow |= neg_double (low1, high1, &l, &h);
- overflow |= add_double (low0, high0, l, h, &l, &h);
- if (h < 0)
- overflow |= neg_double (l, h, &l, &h);
-
- overflow |= add_double (low, high, l, h, &low, &high);
- }
-
- gcc_assert (overflow == 0);
-
- return build_int_cst_wide (rtype, low, high);
- }
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- return NULL_TREE;
-}
-
-int
-sparc_extra_constraint_check (rtx op, int c, int strict)
-{
- int reload_ok_mem;
-
- if (TARGET_ARCH64
- && (c == 'T' || c == 'U'))
- return 0;
-
- switch (c)
- {
- case 'Q':
- return fp_sethi_p (op);
-
- case 'R':
- return fp_mov_p (op);
-
- case 'S':
- return fp_high_losum_p (op);
-
- case 'U':
- if (! strict
- || (GET_CODE (op) == REG
- && (REGNO (op) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
- || reg_renumber[REGNO (op)] >= 0)))
- return register_ok_for_ldd (op);
-
- return 0;
-
- case 'W':
- case 'T':
- break;
-
- case 'Y':
- return const_zero_operand (op, GET_MODE (op));
-
- default:
- return 0;
- }
-
- /* Our memory extra constraints have to emulate the
- behavior of 'm' and 'o' in order for reload to work
- correctly. */
- if (GET_CODE (op) == MEM)
- {
- reload_ok_mem = 0;
- if ((TARGET_ARCH64 || mem_min_alignment (op, 8))
- && (! strict
- || strict_memory_address_p (Pmode, XEXP (op, 0))))
- reload_ok_mem = 1;
- }
- else
- {
- reload_ok_mem = (reload_in_progress
- && GET_CODE (op) == REG
- && REGNO (op) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
- && reg_renumber [REGNO (op)] < 0);
- }
-
- return reload_ok_mem;
-}
-
-/* ??? This duplicates information provided to the compiler by the
- ??? scheduler description. Some day, teach genautomata to output
- ??? the latencies and then CSE will just use that. */
-
-static bool
-sparc_rtx_costs (rtx x, int code, int outer_code, int *total)
-{
- enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
- bool float_mode_p = FLOAT_MODE_P (mode);
-
- switch (code)
- {
- case CONST_INT:
- if (INTVAL (x) < 0x1000 && INTVAL (x) >= -0x1000)
- {
- *total = 0;
- return true;
- }
- /* FALLTHRU */
-
- case HIGH:
- *total = 2;
- return true;
-
- case CONST:
- case LABEL_REF:
- case SYMBOL_REF:
- *total = 4;
- return true;
-
- case CONST_DOUBLE:
- if (GET_MODE (x) == VOIDmode
- && ((CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x) == 0
- && CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x) < 0x1000)
- || (CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x) == -1
- && CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x) < 0
- && CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x) >= -0x1000)))
- *total = 0;
- else
- *total = 8;
- return true;
-
- case MEM:
- /* If outer-code was a sign or zero extension, a cost
- of COSTS_N_INSNS (1) was already added in. This is
- why we are subtracting it back out. */
- if (outer_code == ZERO_EXTEND)
- {
- *total = sparc_costs->int_zload - COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
- }
- else if (outer_code == SIGN_EXTEND)
- {
- *total = sparc_costs->int_sload - COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
- }
- else if (float_mode_p)
- {
- *total = sparc_costs->float_load;
- }
- else
- {
- *total = sparc_costs->int_load;
- }
-
- return true;
-
- case PLUS:
- case MINUS:
- if (float_mode_p)
- *total = sparc_costs->float_plusminus;
- else
- *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
- return false;
-
- case MULT:
- if (float_mode_p)
- *total = sparc_costs->float_mul;
- else if (! TARGET_HARD_MUL)
- *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (25);
- else
- {
- int bit_cost;
-
- bit_cost = 0;
- if (sparc_costs->int_mul_bit_factor)
- {
- int nbits;
-
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
- {
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value = INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1));
- for (nbits = 0; value != 0; value &= value - 1)
- nbits++;
- }
- else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_DOUBLE
- && GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == VOIDmode)
- {
- rtx x1 = XEXP (x, 1);
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value1 = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x1);
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value2 = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x1);
-
- for (nbits = 0; value1 != 0; value1 &= value1 - 1)
- nbits++;
- for (; value2 != 0; value2 &= value2 - 1)
- nbits++;
- }
- else
- nbits = 7;
-
- if (nbits < 3)
- nbits = 3;
- bit_cost = (nbits - 3) / sparc_costs->int_mul_bit_factor;
- bit_cost = COSTS_N_INSNS (bit_cost);
- }
-
- if (mode == DImode)
- *total = sparc_costs->int_mulX + bit_cost;
- else
- *total = sparc_costs->int_mul + bit_cost;
- }
- return false;
-
- case ASHIFT:
- case ASHIFTRT:
- case LSHIFTRT:
- *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1) + sparc_costs->shift_penalty;
- return false;
-
- case DIV:
- case UDIV:
- case MOD:
- case UMOD:
- if (float_mode_p)
- {
- if (mode == DFmode)
- *total = sparc_costs->float_div_df;
- else
- *total = sparc_costs->float_div_sf;
- }
- else
- {
- if (mode == DImode)
- *total = sparc_costs->int_divX;
- else
- *total = sparc_costs->int_div;
- }
- return false;
-
- case NEG:
- if (! float_mode_p)
- {
- *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
- return false;
- }
- /* FALLTHRU */
-
- case ABS:
- case FLOAT:
- case UNSIGNED_FLOAT:
- case FIX:
- case UNSIGNED_FIX:
- case FLOAT_EXTEND:
- case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
- *total = sparc_costs->float_move;
- return false;
-
- case SQRT:
- if (mode == DFmode)
- *total = sparc_costs->float_sqrt_df;
- else
- *total = sparc_costs->float_sqrt_sf;
- return false;
-
- case COMPARE:
- if (float_mode_p)
- *total = sparc_costs->float_cmp;
- else
- *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
- return false;
-
- case IF_THEN_ELSE:
- if (float_mode_p)
- *total = sparc_costs->float_cmove;
- else
- *total = sparc_costs->int_cmove;
- return false;
-
- case IOR:
- /* Handle the NAND vector patterns. */
- if (sparc_vector_mode_supported_p (GET_MODE (x))
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == NOT
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == NOT)
- {
- *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
- return true;
- }
- else
- return false;
-
- default:
- return false;
- }
-}
-
-/* Emit the sequence of insns SEQ while preserving the registers REG and REG2.
- This is achieved by means of a manual dynamic stack space allocation in
- the current frame. We make the assumption that SEQ doesn't contain any
- function calls, with the possible exception of calls to the PIC helper. */
-
-static void
-emit_and_preserve (rtx seq, rtx reg, rtx reg2)
-{
- /* We must preserve the lowest 16 words for the register save area. */
- HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 16*UNITS_PER_WORD;
- /* We really need only 2 words of fresh stack space. */
- HOST_WIDE_INT size = SPARC_STACK_ALIGN (offset + 2*UNITS_PER_WORD);
-
- rtx slot
- = gen_rtx_MEM (word_mode, plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx,
- SPARC_STACK_BIAS + offset));
-
- emit_insn (gen_stack_pointer_dec (GEN_INT (size)));
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, slot, reg));
- if (reg2)
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- adjust_address (slot, word_mode, UNITS_PER_WORD),
- reg2));
- emit_insn (seq);
- if (reg2)
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- reg2,
- adjust_address (slot, word_mode, UNITS_PER_WORD)));
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, reg, slot));
- emit_insn (gen_stack_pointer_inc (GEN_INT (size)));
-}
-
-/* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the
- declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
- the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
- added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at address
- (*THIS + VCALL_OFFSET) should be additionally added to THIS. */
-
-static void
-sparc_output_mi_thunk (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- HOST_WIDE_INT delta, HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset,
- tree function)
-{
- rtx this, insn, funexp;
- unsigned int int_arg_first;
-
- reload_completed = 1;
- epilogue_completed = 1;
- no_new_pseudos = 1;
- reset_block_changes ();
-
- emit_note (NOTE_INSN_PROLOGUE_END);
-
- if (flag_delayed_branch)
- {
- /* We will emit a regular sibcall below, so we need to instruct
- output_sibcall that we are in a leaf function. */
- sparc_leaf_function_p = current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs = 1;
-
- /* This will cause final.c to invoke leaf_renumber_regs so we
- must behave as if we were in a not-yet-leafified function. */
- int_arg_first = SPARC_INCOMING_INT_ARG_FIRST;
- }
- else
- {
- /* We will emit the sibcall manually below, so we will need to
- manually spill non-leaf registers. */
- sparc_leaf_function_p = current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs = 0;
-
- /* We really are in a leaf function. */
- int_arg_first = SPARC_OUTGOING_INT_ARG_FIRST;
- }
-
- /* Find the "this" pointer. Normally in %o0, but in ARCH64 if the function
- returns a structure, the structure return pointer is there instead. */
- if (TARGET_ARCH64 && aggregate_value_p (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (function)), function))
- this = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, int_arg_first + 1);
- else
- this = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, int_arg_first);
-
- /* Add DELTA. When possible use a plain add, otherwise load it into
- a register first. */
- if (delta)
- {
- rtx delta_rtx = GEN_INT (delta);
-
- if (! SPARC_SIMM13_P (delta))
- {
- rtx scratch = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 1);
- emit_move_insn (scratch, delta_rtx);
- delta_rtx = scratch;
- }
-
- /* THIS += DELTA. */
- emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (this, delta_rtx));
- }
-
- /* Add the word at address (*THIS + VCALL_OFFSET). */
- if (vcall_offset)
- {
- rtx vcall_offset_rtx = GEN_INT (vcall_offset);
- rtx scratch = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 1);
-
- gcc_assert (vcall_offset < 0);
-
- /* SCRATCH = *THIS. */
- emit_move_insn (scratch, gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, this));
-
- /* Prepare for adding VCALL_OFFSET. The difficulty is that we
- may not have any available scratch register at this point. */
- if (SPARC_SIMM13_P (vcall_offset))
- ;
- /* This is the case if ARCH64 (unless -ffixed-g5 is passed). */
- else if (! fixed_regs[5]
- /* The below sequence is made up of at least 2 insns,
- while the default method may need only one. */
- && vcall_offset < -8192)
- {
- rtx scratch2 = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 5);
- emit_move_insn (scratch2, vcall_offset_rtx);
- vcall_offset_rtx = scratch2;
- }
- else
- {
- rtx increment = GEN_INT (-4096);
-
- /* VCALL_OFFSET is a negative number whose typical range can be
- estimated as -32768..0 in 32-bit mode. In almost all cases
- it is therefore cheaper to emit multiple add insns than
- spilling and loading the constant into a register (at least
- 6 insns). */
- while (! SPARC_SIMM13_P (vcall_offset))
- {
- emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (scratch, increment));
- vcall_offset += 4096;
- }
- vcall_offset_rtx = GEN_INT (vcall_offset); /* cannot be 0 */
- }
-
- /* SCRATCH = *(*THIS + VCALL_OFFSET). */
- emit_move_insn (scratch, gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode,
- gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode,
- scratch,
- vcall_offset_rtx)));
-
- /* THIS += *(*THIS + VCALL_OFFSET). */
- emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (this, scratch));
- }
-
- /* Generate a tail call to the target function. */
- if (! TREE_USED (function))
- {
- assemble_external (function);
- TREE_USED (function) = 1;
- }
- funexp = XEXP (DECL_RTL (function), 0);
-
- if (flag_delayed_branch)
- {
- funexp = gen_rtx_MEM (FUNCTION_MODE, funexp);
- insn = emit_call_insn (gen_sibcall (funexp));
- SIBLING_CALL_P (insn) = 1;
- }
- else
- {
- /* The hoops we have to jump through in order to generate a sibcall
- without using delay slots... */
- rtx spill_reg, spill_reg2, seq, scratch = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 1);
-
- if (flag_pic)
- {
- spill_reg = gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, 15); /* %o7 */
- spill_reg2 = gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM);
- start_sequence ();
- /* Delay emitting the PIC helper function because it needs to
- change the section and we are emitting assembly code. */
- load_pic_register (true); /* clobbers %o7 */
- scratch = legitimize_pic_address (funexp, Pmode, scratch);
- seq = get_insns ();
- end_sequence ();
- emit_and_preserve (seq, spill_reg, spill_reg2);
- }
- else if (TARGET_ARCH32)
- {
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- scratch,
- gen_rtx_HIGH (SImode, funexp)));
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- scratch,
- gen_rtx_LO_SUM (SImode, scratch, funexp)));
- }
- else /* TARGET_ARCH64 */
- {
- switch (sparc_cmodel)
- {
- case CM_MEDLOW:
- case CM_MEDMID:
- /* The destination can serve as a temporary. */
- sparc_emit_set_symbolic_const64 (scratch, funexp, scratch);
- break;
-
- case CM_MEDANY:
- case CM_EMBMEDANY:
- /* The destination cannot serve as a temporary. */
- spill_reg = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, 15); /* %o7 */
- start_sequence ();
- sparc_emit_set_symbolic_const64 (scratch, funexp, spill_reg);
- seq = get_insns ();
- end_sequence ();
- emit_and_preserve (seq, spill_reg, 0);
- break;
-
- default:
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
- }
-
- emit_jump_insn (gen_indirect_jump (scratch));
- }
-
- emit_barrier ();
-
- /* Run just enough of rest_of_compilation to get the insns emitted.
- There's not really enough bulk here to make other passes such as
- instruction scheduling worth while. Note that use_thunk calls
- assemble_start_function and assemble_end_function. */
- insn = get_insns ();
- insn_locators_initialize ();
- shorten_branches (insn);
- final_start_function (insn, file, 1);
- final (insn, file, 1);
- final_end_function ();
-
- reload_completed = 0;
- epilogue_completed = 0;
- no_new_pseudos = 0;
-}
-
-/* Return true if sparc_output_mi_thunk would be able to output the
- assembler code for the thunk function specified by the arguments
- it is passed, and false otherwise. */
-static bool
-sparc_can_output_mi_thunk (tree thunk_fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- HOST_WIDE_INT delta ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset,
- tree function ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
- /* Bound the loop used in the default method above. */
- return (vcall_offset >= -32768 || ! fixed_regs[5]);
-}
-
-/* How to allocate a 'struct machine_function'. */
-
-static struct machine_function *
-sparc_init_machine_status (void)
-{
- return ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct machine_function));
-}
-
-/* Locate some local-dynamic symbol still in use by this function
- so that we can print its name in local-dynamic base patterns. */
-
-static const char *
-get_some_local_dynamic_name (void)
-{
- rtx insn;
-
- if (cfun->machine->some_ld_name)
- return cfun->machine->some_ld_name;
-
- for (insn = get_insns (); insn ; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
- if (INSN_P (insn)
- && for_each_rtx (&PATTERN (insn), get_some_local_dynamic_name_1, 0))
- return cfun->machine->some_ld_name;
-
- gcc_unreachable ();
-}
-
-static int
-get_some_local_dynamic_name_1 (rtx *px, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
- rtx x = *px;
-
- if (x
- && GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF
- && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (x) == TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_DYNAMIC)
- {
- cfun->machine->some_ld_name = XSTR (x, 0);
- return 1;
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* Handle the TARGET_DWARF_HANDLE_FRAME_UNSPEC hook.
- This is called from dwarf2out.c to emit call frame instructions
- for frame-related insns containing UNSPECs and UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. */
-static void
-sparc_dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (const char *label,
- rtx pattern ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- int index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
- gcc_assert (index == UNSPECV_SAVEW);
- dwarf2out_window_save (label);
-}
-
-/* This is called from dwarf2out.c via TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL.
- We need to emit DTP-relative relocations. */
-
-static void
-sparc_output_dwarf_dtprel (FILE *file, int size, rtx x)
-{
- switch (size)
- {
- case 4:
- fputs ("\t.word\t%r_tls_dtpoff32(", file);
- break;
- case 8:
- fputs ("\t.xword\t%r_tls_dtpoff64(", file);
- break;
- default:
- gcc_unreachable ();
- }
- output_addr_const (file, x);
- fputs (")", file);
-}
-
-/* Do whatever processing is required at the end of a file. */
-
-static void
-sparc_file_end (void)
-{
- /* If we haven't emitted the special PIC helper function, do so now. */
- if (pic_helper_symbol_name[0] && !pic_helper_emitted_p)
- emit_pic_helper ();
-
- if (NEED_INDICATE_EXEC_STACK)
- file_end_indicate_exec_stack ();
-}
-
-#ifdef TARGET_ALTERNATE_LONG_DOUBLE_MANGLING
-/* Implement TARGET_MANGLE_FUNDAMENTAL_TYPE. */
-
-static const char *
-sparc_mangle_fundamental_type (tree type)
-{
- if (!TARGET_64BIT
- && TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type) == long_double_type_node
- && TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_128)
- return "g";
-
- /* For all other types, use normal C++ mangling. */
- return NULL;
-}
-#endif
-
-/* Expand code to perform a 8 or 16-bit compare and swap by doing 32-bit
- compare and swap on the word containing the byte or half-word. */
-
-void
-sparc_expand_compare_and_swap_12 (rtx result, rtx mem, rtx oldval, rtx newval)
-{
- rtx addr1 = force_reg (Pmode, XEXP (mem, 0));
- rtx addr = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
- rtx off = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
- rtx oldv = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
- rtx newv = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
- rtx oldvalue = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
- rtx newvalue = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
- rtx res = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
- rtx resv = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
- rtx memsi, val, mask, end_label, loop_label, cc;
-
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, addr,
- gen_rtx_AND (Pmode, addr1, GEN_INT (-4))));
-
- if (Pmode != SImode)
- addr1 = gen_lowpart (SImode, addr1);
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, off,
- gen_rtx_AND (SImode, addr1, GEN_INT (3))));
-
- memsi = gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, addr);
- set_mem_alias_set (memsi, ALIAS_SET_MEMORY_BARRIER);
- MEM_VOLATILE_P (memsi) = MEM_VOLATILE_P (mem);
-
- val = force_reg (SImode, memsi);
-
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, off,
- gen_rtx_XOR (SImode, off,
- GEN_INT (GET_MODE (mem) == QImode
- ? 3 : 2))));
-
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, off,
- gen_rtx_ASHIFT (SImode, off, GEN_INT (3))));
-
- if (GET_MODE (mem) == QImode)
- mask = force_reg (SImode, GEN_INT (0xff));
- else
- mask = force_reg (SImode, GEN_INT (0xffff));
-
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, mask,
- gen_rtx_ASHIFT (SImode, mask, off)));
-
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, val,
- gen_rtx_AND (SImode, gen_rtx_NOT (SImode, mask),
- val)));
-
- oldval = gen_lowpart (SImode, oldval);
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, oldv,
- gen_rtx_ASHIFT (SImode, oldval, off)));
-
- newval = gen_lowpart_common (SImode, newval);
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, newv,
- gen_rtx_ASHIFT (SImode, newval, off)));
-
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, oldv,
- gen_rtx_AND (SImode, oldv, mask)));
-
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, newv,
- gen_rtx_AND (SImode, newv, mask)));
-
- end_label = gen_label_rtx ();
- loop_label = gen_label_rtx ();
- emit_label (loop_label);
-
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, oldvalue,
- gen_rtx_IOR (SImode, oldv, val)));
-
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, newvalue,
- gen_rtx_IOR (SImode, newv, val)));
-
- emit_insn (gen_sync_compare_and_swapsi (res, memsi, oldvalue, newvalue));
-
- emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (res, oldvalue, EQ, NULL, SImode, 0, end_label);
-
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, resv,
- gen_rtx_AND (SImode, gen_rtx_NOT (SImode, mask),
- res)));
-
- sparc_compare_op0 = resv;
- sparc_compare_op1 = val;
- cc = gen_compare_reg (NE);
-
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, val, resv));
-
- sparc_compare_emitted = cc;
- emit_jump_insn (gen_bne (loop_label));
-
- emit_label (end_label);
-
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, res,
- gen_rtx_AND (SImode, res, mask)));
-
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, res,
- gen_rtx_LSHIFTRT (SImode, res, off)));
-
- emit_move_insn (result, gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (result), res));
-}
-
-#include "gt-sparc.h"